Repair and Installation Finishing Instructions Maintenance Trouble Shooting Index Replacement i Site 5 Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 ...... Index Finishing Maintenance Troubleshooting Repair and Replacement Installation

Installation 1.3 1.1 1.11 1.90 1.92 1.96 1.19 1.21 1.24 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.36 1.39 1.42 1.45 1.48 1.50 1.59 1.60 1.63 1.66 1.69 1.72 1.73 1.85 1.86 1.114 1.115 1.102 1.133 1.139 1.142 Installation ......

...... 2020 ......

SITE 1 Spring Hinge Instructions Door Surround Installation Fire Door Edge Seal Installation Pre-Hung Arch/Radius Unit Installation Arch/Radius Pre-Hung Coil Cladding Screen Installation Pre-Hung Unit Installation Pre-Hung Pre-Hung Venting Unit Installation Unit Venting Pre-Hung Grille Installation Instructions Lite Divider Installation (Classic-Craft) / Fiber Classic) Bar Installation Instructions (Smooth Star SDL MPLS Strike Installation Instructions - Standard Inswing Shootbolt Instructions - Standard Inswing MPLS Strike Installation Shootbolt Instructions - Impact Inswing MPLS Strike Installation Shootbolt Instructions - Standard Outswing MPLS Strike Installation Shootbolt Instructions - Impact Outswing MPLS Strike Installation Outswing Shootbolt Aluminum Instructions - MPLS Strike Installation Instructions - Universal Shootbolt MPLS Strike Installation Instructions - Lip Tongue MPLS Strike Installation Instructions - Captured Tongue MPLS Strike Installation - Grip Style MPLS Strike Installation Instructions Sidelite - Vented MPLS Strike Installation Instructions Sheet & Instructions Multi-Point Lock Quick Tip Sill Pan Installation Instructions Astragal Double Bore Aluminum Astragal Installation Instructions - Paintable & Stainable Astragal Multi-Point Aluminum Astragal Installation Instructions - Paintable & Stainable Astragal 2 Installation Instructions - Double Bore Coastal Astragal 2 Installation Instructions - Multi-Point Coastal Astragal Security Cover Installation French Door System Outswing Installation Instructions Transom Casing Instructions Elliptical Transom Adjusta-Fit 2 Prehanging Instructions Sill Instructions Installation

1.2

2020

SITE 1 Installation

? e t; 1.3 shim

. Place PLUMB opening.

Is the opening the correct size for the door unit? Check it against the door frame size now, before The installation. opening should be frame height plus 1/2 inch, and frame width inch. 3/4 to inch 1/2 plus now. Fixproblems any Are the framing and walls Use a 6 foot level sides of the opening, both ways (front and check both to back and right to left). now. problems Fix any Is the sub Provide floor a flat, level, level clean weight and bearing surface so solid? the sill pan or sill can be properly caulked and

Check height. and width Measure size of frame (width brickmould. and height), not Remove cleats and packaging, fastened but keep closed door with remove the transport transport clip until instructed to do clip. so 7. Step later in Do Not We recommend you first “dry fit” the sill pan in the Use Use only the PVC cement provided in the sill pan kit to glue th If additional floor covering clearance is required, attach the Pre-Hung Installation Unit

Therma-Tru recommends OSI QUAD MAX, but do not apply sealant to the bottom theof sill usingwhen silla pan. Door Unit. Check Step 1: Opening. Prepare Stepand 2: Check board to the sub floor. Be sure to caulk under well the shim board. Is the opening square? Double check by measurements.comparing diagonal Check all corners with now. problems Fix any a framing square. Use a Sill Pan: opening, following the instructions furnished with the sill the pan right and left sill pan ends tight against the Check sidesthe center section of for proper thelength and if necessary, cut with a hack saw or tin snips. Be joints. sure to allow 2 inches of overlap at the Note: pieces together. The sill pan must be sealed to the sub-floor using a high-quality hybrid polymer, elastomeric or polyurethane sealan sealed to fillor the opening. sand Scrape as required. Note: 2020

side the erma-Tru d door foam governed by iminate water nt regulations, r insuring the lding codes, so iff, one flexible, lking gun, step are are available on and other state ral tubes of high- aint is suspected e how to install a e requirements that tallers who have an rs (one Phillips and knife, punch or brad r system will have a

-adhesive flashing tape, j-roller, rigid They are used widely by builders and . . Tape measure, 6-foot and 2-foot level, framing . Therma-Tru Recommended Best Recommended Therma-Tru Practices WaterUse Resistive Barrier and Flexible Flashing: We recommend the use of a (WRB) applied Water to the Resistive exterior sheathing Barrier (OSB or other) and the use of an adhesive or flexible flashing product to seal around the opening. The WRB should be cut in the head the with guidelines) manufacturer’s (follow opening of the flap taped up, to be sealed later in Step 11. The flashing should be applied in an overlapping manner as shown, always working from manufacturer’s guidelines). the bottom up (follow www.thermatru.com

www.epa.gov/lead starting. before instructions Read all For products being removed, always ensure disposed of or recycled that in accordance with local jurisdictional requirements. these products are properly Required Tools & Materials: square, at least 20 feet of string or twine and push pins, seve These installation instructions are designed to assist door ins understanding of carpentry principles, and know how to properly and safely use power tools. The purpose of these instructions Therma-Tru is door tosystem using illustrat methods and materials that help el related leaks. If the directions are closely followed, the doo long useful life with good resistance to rain related water intrusion problems. These methods are “tried and remodelers true” who are serious about managing and keeping water out quality hybrid polymer, elastomeric or polyurethane sealant (Th Please forward these instructions to the homeowner. The application performance standards for these products may be for Instructions Installation Pre-hung Door Systems head flashing, closed cell low expansion polyurethane window an the International Residential Code, International Building Code and jurisdictional requirements. Copies of performance ratings our website at home. Rather than eliminate any steps that may be unclear to you, please call 1- 800-THERMA-TRU and ask for clarification. If you remain unclear, please seek more professional assistance thewith installation. Different parts of the country have different code requirements, which may not be covered in these instructions. installation complies with local codes. If you have unique The cod installer is do not appear please responsible contact 1-800-THERMA-TRU. fo If disturbing existing paint, take proper (commonly precautions used before if 1979). For lead information regarding p lead pai refer to recommends OSI QUAD MAX sealant for its adhesiondurability strength across and long-term various building ladder, small materials pry bar, hammer, safety glasses, gloves, applications), utility cau nailer, tin snips, electric drill or screw gun, two screwone drive flat-blade), composite or cedar shims, putty exterior grade number knifes, 8 x 2-1/2” screws, self one st (Therma-Tru recommends OSI requirements and QUAD is FOAM available multiple uses from with becauseone can of foam), a proper foam application it professionalgun, foam cleaner application and a rigid surpasses Therma-Tru sill pan. Exterior trim if needed. gun, our allowing Additional products may be required depending on your local bui be sure to check with your building department and follow their guidelines Builder, or Builder, Supplier: Subcontractor SITE 1 Installation Pre-Hung Unit Installation Pre-Hung 1.4 junction of the extender and the sill approach. approach. sill the and extender the of junction Note: Step 3B: Installation without a Sill Pan. DoNot Caulk the bottomof the Sill whenusing a sill Pan. of the sill pan. per the affect could caulking Additional pan. lowe sill the the of along edge caulk of bead a run infiltration, air prevent to joi glue the along caulk of bead a spread protection, added For bond. good a ensure to longenough pieceshold together and position section( center Place provided. cement PVC the area with pieces recessed the the and areas overlapped the coat liberally Then, and opening. of the side the against beads caulk the onto ends pan sill left and right the Place Step 3A: Installation with a Sill Pan. Step3: Caulk theSubFloor. Step2 cont.: Check and Prepare Opening.

f sl etne i ue, lc a ag ba o cuk t the at caulk of bead large a place used, is extender sill a If SubFloor. the along Caulking when Tube Entire an Use MAX. QUAD OSI recommends Therma-Tru sealant; polyurethane or elastomeric Only Use the of width full beads opening. Run sealant. large of very 3 beads place opening, at floor sub the On ot omn esn do uis ek air leak water. and units door reasons common most * planes. both check problems now. to over itself string the Flip corrected. be to needs and distance that twice by plumb” of “out is should string(s) opening the not if the Thecenter, the in touch gently string from shown. a opening as outside, Attach the Plumb: across diagonally for Test String by performing a “string test” forthis plumb. Do plane. same the in are around opening the walls framing the sure be to Check n ot f lm” odto i oe f th of one is condition plumb” of “out An a high-quality hybrid polymer, polymer, hybrid high-quality a

bottom surface of the jambs jambs the brickmould. and of the surface on andbottom jamb the and sill the of of junction the along beads caulk place Additionally, sill. the of width caulked. full the across be can caulk of beads large very Place sill the of surface or bottom the that edge so face on unit door the Lay

i any Fix formance formance interior r

nts and nts

tightly s) in s) s of of s e 2020 Frame Composite for Locations Screw Additional do hinge sidethe of jamb the the on units, fasten Sidelite For o side passive first. unit or fixed fasten Units, Patio and Door Double For fro shims the keep will are made. being downwhileadjustments falling screws The screws. above placed be s can so location, each at screws place Doors, Double or Single For Not, Do screws. with install system, fastening hidden provided with installing s grade exterior inch 3 or inch 2-1/2 X #8 Use diagrams. the in sho as locations hinge between screws place also systems, Frame D Composite Therma-Tru For diagrams. the in shown as location, hinge each at studs, the into jamb side hinge the through screws Place insi and left to outside). (right ways both jamb side hinge the plumb and level otfo 6 a Use weather-stripped. is that door the of side from Work theBrickmould. through Fasten Not Do screws. provided i system, fastening hidden provided with installing If screws. grade exterior inch 3 or inch 2-1/2 X #8 Use time. this at in completely temporarily to jambs both on locations hole pre-drilled center the in screws Install AndPlumbHinge SideJamb. TemporarilyUnitOpening, in Fasten, 4: Place Step side of CaulkingBack 3C: Brickmould. Step

drive the screws completely in at this time. time. this at in completely screws the drive secure the unit in the place. Do not drive screws screws drive not Do place. the in unit the secure Single Unit Sidelite Unit Double Unit Unit Sidelite Unit Single S il ep o oca te ce has i not if system. hidden fastening heads, provided using screw the conceal to help bit will sink counter A jambs. both on hinge locations between Therma-Tru holes diameter inch pre- For 1/8 also drill systems, Frame Door placement. Composite screw for locations these at holes diameter inch 1/8 drill Pre- surfaces. door the near the faces jamb the note on locations those configurations, mark and locations unit hinge door all For opening. into tilt and sillbeads caulk or pan place sill onto down and unit away the tilted center edge opening, top from With up. unit the Lift polymer, OSIQUAD MAX. hybrid recommends Therma-Tru essential. is sealant high-quality polyurethane or elastomeric a of of 1/2 A side unit. door the of back perimeter entire the the around brickmould to sealant Apply Important! – 5/8 inch bead inch 5/8 or first. first. or nstall with with nstall SITE 1 provided crews. If crews. de to to de f the the f hims oor wn wn m

Installation

1.5 he nd on

erly ews es. If rmine rmine if lined up hould be all the #8 llar bill out inge inge screws bottom with the top of the www.thermatru.com flush isdictions, isdictions, notably Florida a Inswing units Only. Only. units Inswing – . Remove the self-stick paper from the corner seal pads and apply door jamb, to with the the evenly with the top of the threshold cap. When installed, the the tab pad is on is top narrow part and is on the bottom. correctly the The bottom of the pad is the same width of the threshold cap installation. alignment during with to help This check should be performed each adjustmentscrew location. at X X 2-1/2 inch screws (provided) through the strike plate holes to secure the jamb and provide security. lock side Adjust strike plate weatherstrip in contact or and out door for operation, proper screws. tightening then finish After adjusting the threshold cap, ensure that the weatherstrip is thresholdcap. Trim as necessary. Pre-Hung Installation Unit

the coast of Texas, have specific installation requirements and Apply sealant (a high-quality hybrid polymer, orelastomeric polyurethane sealant; Therma-Tru recommends OSI QUAD MAX.) at the joint the where thresholdmeets cap the door jambs. Step 9: InstallStep Pads9: Seal Corner Frame Anchoring. Step 10: Additional If sill is prepared for anchoring screws, place appropriate scr Step 8: Adjust Sill. Sill. Adjust 8: Step Your door unit may have an adjustable threshold cap. When prop adjusted, it should be snug and slightly difficult to pull a do from under the door when it is fully closed. able toremoved be without tearingThe dollar bill s through the sill into the sub Sills) Outswing floor where needed. (Primarily on We recommend that you provide additional frame anchoring shown as here. Certain states or jur may may require installation in check with approval You for should strict t a always product. specific accordance with the local product authority having jurisdiction for requirements any specific installati that installation instructions, may including those required apply. Zone (HVHZ),Velocity availableare also at for the h Hig Specific product approval For Sidelite and Patio Units: With the door open, check to dete the 2-1/2 inch long hinge screws were pre-installed not, in drill 1/8 the inch diameter pilot hing holes and install the long h weatherstrip. the to closest locations hole the in Close the door and carefully shim between the jamb and the opening behind the area. strike adjustable plate Then open the door and drill 1/8 inch dia. pilot holes and inst 2020 ent, and w the ing ing the ugh the drive screws tight at

Do Not and straight. plumb From the weatherstrip side of the door, check weatherstrip contact. margins and Make frame weatherstrip contacts the door adjustmentssurface equally at so the top, middle and bottom, the pilot holes in the screw hole locations closest to the weather strip that were intentionally left blank. For the top hinge, if the holes are not left blank, remove the two screws closest to the weather strip. Then, install the #10 X 2- 1/2 inch screws (provided) through the hinge, into the stud, to anchor the door frame prevent sagging. and Remove the transportclip. Open and close door operation. to check for smooth With the door open, drill 1/8 inch diameter

Leave door fastened and clip. closed with transport Shim above screws, behind each hinge location, between the opening and the jamb. Use a 6 foot level ensure it is and re-check hinge jamb to Finish driving screws tight in the middle first then top and bottom last. Re-check everywhere for plumb and square, and an even weatherstrip contact. tight. screws driving all Finish

Step 7: Remove Transport Clip and Open Door. Door. and Open Clip Transport Remove Step 7: Step 6: Adjust Rest Stepof Frame6: Fasten.and Adjust an even 3/8 toinch 1/2 fullyinch when closed. Secure the lock side jamb with #8 X 2-1/2 or 3 inch screws thro Step 5: Shim at Hinge Locations and Secure Hinge jamb. jamb. Hinge Secure and Locations Hinge at Shim 5: Step pre-drilled holes at the top and bottom. this time. this time. From the swing side of the door, shim above the screw locations make adjustments so the margins between even top to bottom. the door and frame are Note: For Double Doors, make adjustments that effect the alignm margins and weatherstrip contact between the doors. Also follo Astragal Site Package Instructions for details on properly slide locations. bolt hole sett

SITE 1 Installation Pre-Hung Unit Installation Pre-Hung 1.6 adjustm and issues installation minor video for Troubleshooting v to and instructions finishing Stain Day Same and installation coated top and stained or weathe painted to and exposed primed frame be door should the as such surfaces wood bare All doors surfaces. other all as out-swing regularly as maintained For and inspected finished. be must be bottom and must top sides, doors the of sides 6 All or paintingstaining. s or paint instructions. Finishing Tru Therma to according stain or Paint installation. of within is 6 months finishingrequirement the Fibergla For coverage. warranty continued for date installation days several within finished be must doors Steel Therma-Tru All FOAM.QUAD OSI recommends Therma-Tru reduce to unit and opening between cavity the in foam door and window expansion low a Use with cover and fasteners all Countersink putty. grade exterior brickmould. the to door installing are you if screws grade ar exterior Use brickmould perimeter. the the through nails finish galvanized set and Place prevent door the and trim hardware exterior the between joints the Seal and jambs moldings. the join all seal and siding or material flashing the to brickmould around Caulk 11:Step Weatherproof,Finish and Maintain. Additional10 cont.:Step Frame Anchoring. h srae eoe dl o ruh Mr svr ciae and website our climates Access severe More rough. or maintenance. frequent require more will dull exposures becomes surface the t do coats, clear or paint glossy or semi-gloss For evident. is deteri any as soon as finishes and sealants replace or Maintain bestperformance. for exposure of weeks

air and waterairinfiltration. and tain the weatherstrip, it is “friction is it weatherstrip, the tain entire with provided screws. www.thermatru.com wahr sd o ui, eln aog the along sealing unit, of side “weather” air & water infiltration & water air flashing. head the over (WRB)BarrierResistive the Water of flap top the seal properly and Tape damage. of from top protect surfaces to flashing head or cap installed properly a maintain and Provide with the installing remove If then install fastening providedhiddensystem, shims. header, temporary the and plate strike into the into meet. screws doors where Insert frame, head the of center the above shims temporary Place DoubleFor Doors: If installing with provided hidden hidden provided provided screws. with with install system, fastening installing If (s). post mull the of sideeach on header, the into frame the and through screw a insert Pre-drill (s), post mull above Shim unitsFor with Mull Post(s): o pitbe esos f the of versions printable for - fit” and easily removed for for removed easily and fit” ae intrusion Water and heattransfer. ts between between ts within his when his ss doors ss a storm a ents. ents. Do Not Do face to to face iew our iew oration of the the of and ound two two the the the the r

2020 completedetails. topcoat. applying beforeSee hours 6 least at for dry to stain the Allow desire. willUsingthecolorbe. clean rag, athestain wipeoff tothe colorshade you withrag.Thea longer the isleftstain “setup” to before wiping off, thedarker the in found products coat clear and stained stain the Forof use the recommend completely. only we drysurfaces, to allow and well Rinse solution. phosphate) Clean Components: Frame Door Composite Therma-Tru Stain To Use exteriorgrade finishes foroutside surfaces. high-quality Ma Use followinghousepaint,application.manufacturer’slatex directionsacrylicfor completely. painting. dry before weatherstripping to remove allow and hardware and well Rinse solution. phosphate) eoe n ecs san rm h pnl roe wt te om br See foam the with groovesap before hours 6 least at panelfor dry to stain the allowprovided; the desire. you from shade stain color the excess to any stain the Remove off wipe rag, clean a Using be. to left is stain the longer or ih id eegn ad ae, r TP tisdu phosph fou products coat clear (tri-sodium and stain the of TSP use the recommend only a or stained For water, completely. dry to allow and and well Rinse solution. detergent mild with door washordry air andclean cloth allowmineralwithspirits and a Cleanto first Doors: Stain To exterior Use compatible. are that paint gradefinishes foroutside surfaces. Paintedges and and exposed ends of door. primer application a manufacturer’s Use paint followinginstructions. (tri-sod paint, house TSP latex acrylic a with paint then completely, use dry to primer Allow or primer. acrylic-based or water alkyd- and detergent mild Primewithdrycompletely.wellphosphate)Rinse allowan solution.and to with first Clean Doors: Paint To (Seebelow). door. the for as materials same using stain or Paint glass. off spirits. Mask mineral or cleaner window with off residue remaining from Wipe glazing scrape glass. angle, 45° a at blade razor the Holding frame. the of water.or Use a singleedge razor blade toscore theglazing along theedge windowcleanerawithspraying first glazingsealantanyexcess byRemove Inserts: Panel and Frames Doorlite Finish To Classic-Craft grade exterior Use instructions. finishes applicationfor outside surfaces. manufacturer’s following beforeapplying finish paintUse high-qualitycoats. acryliclatexhouse paint, dry to Prime primer Allow primer. acrylic-based or glass. alkyd- an off with frames Masklite door completely. dry to allow and well Rinse solution. or cleaner window with TSP a use offor water, anddetergent mild awith Cleanframe residue spirits. mineral remaining Wipe glass. from glazing edgeHoldingofthetheframe. thedegreerazor 45 angle,atablade scrape alongglazing thescore toblade razor edge singlea Use water.or cleaner window a with spraying first by sealant glazing glass excess any Remove Frames: Doorlite Paint To and exposedends of door. edges Paint surfaces. outside for finishes grade exterior Use application. Use painting. before weatherstripping high- remove and glass hardware, off comple dry to allow and wellRinse solution.phosphate) sodium Doors: paint To Steeland Smooth-Star sunlight Donot direct in 85%. than finish humidityless with and 90°F 50°and between are temperatures when only Work Finishing Instructions. n h US ad a b rgsee itrainly Tem-r C Therma-Tru internationally. registered be Inc. may Security, & Home Brands Fortune of company operating and U.S. the in a trademarks Registered Corp. Therma-Tru of trademarks are Logo the and THERMA-TRU reserved. rights All Corp. Therma-Tru ©2016 Clean Components: Frame Door Composite Therma-Tru Paint To Therma-TruSame-DayStain Therma-Tru Composite Door Frame Components: Components: Frame Door Composite Therma-Tru details.

WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm Harm andReproductive Cancer WARNING: Therma-Tru Same-DayStain qualityfollowinghousepaint,latexacrylicmanufacturer’s directions for

hraTu Same- Therma-Tru is wt ml dtret n wtr r s a S (tri-sodium TSP a use or water and detergent mild with first is wt ml dtret n wtr r s a S (tri-sodium TSP a use or water and detergent mild with first www.P65Warnings.ca.gov For California Residents only

a San Fnsig Kit. Finishing Stain™ Same-Day Therma-Tru ® and Fiber-Classic and CleanwithdetergentfirstTSPuseamildor water (tri- and ® Doors: Doors: “setup” before wiping off, the darker the color will color the darker the off, wiping before “setup”

a San Fnsig Kit Finishing Stain™ Day ™ Finishing Kit Finishing ® ™ Doors: Doors: Finishing Kit Finishing . Apply stain with a rag. The rag.awith Applystain . instructions for complete ntutos for instructions plying topcoat.plying surfaces,we pl stain Apply . re registered registered re Therma-Tru tely. Mask Mask tely. orp. is an an is orp. nd in the in nd SITE 1 sk off off sk ate) ate) ush ush ium ium

Installation

1.7 . .

rior para ontra los el largo Resuelva puerta. La e e derecha a Therma-Tru arte baja de la e ser la medida . . ilice un sellador de . Use un nivel de 6 pies y . . si se necesita cubrir un claro de la Debe proporcionarse una superficie VERTICALES Nota: abertura en el piso, fije la tabla de calzaal suelo. apropiadamente bajo la tabla de calza. Asegúrese de ¿La abertura está calafatear encuadrada? las Revise 4 esquinas conenmarcar. Revise dos veces comparando una escuadra las de medidas cualquier problema en este momento. diagonales. Resuelva cualquier problema de dimensiones de dimensiones problema cualquier Resuelva

Reviselas dimensiones de ancho y alto. Mida el tamaño del marco de la puerta (ancho y alto), no de la moldura exterior. Retire el empaque junto con puerta las cerrada con el tablillas sujetador/pasador de y transporte para mantenga la evitar que se sujetador/pasador de abra transporte hasta que se le indique durante en su el paso 7. manejo. No retire el Resuelva cualquier problema de nivelación en este momento Use solo el cemento de PVC provisto en el kit de la solera infe Pre-Hung Installation Unit

Coloque primero los extremos costados derecho de e la izquierdo abertura. adecuado de y Compruebe de la que ser solera necesario, la hojalata. Asegúrese córtela de dejar c 2pulgadas de seccióntraslape en cada una con central una sierra tenga de mano o tijeras para recomienda Quad Max de la marca OSI. No aplique sellador a la p solera inferior. Paso 2: Revisión preparacióny lade abertura. ¿La abertura es del tamaño correcto instalación, para la compare puerta? la Antes abertura de seguir con con abertura debe ser el del laalto del marco más 1.27 tamañocm y el ancho deb del marco de del marco más 1.27 la a 1.91 cm. antes de continuar. Los marcos y las paredes deben estar Nota: polímero híbrido, elastómero, o de poliuretano de alta calidad; Paso 1: Revisión de la puerta. El suelo debe estar nivelado y sólido.plana, nivelada y limpia que soporteaplicar correctamente la el masilla de calafateo peso, a la solera de inferior y que maneraestá pueda que se estar pueda bien alféizar. selladaRaspe,lije relleneo según se necesite con la abertura usando revestimiento para

pegar las piezas. Para sellar la solera inferior con el piso ut revise a ambos lados de la izquierda. abertura, del frente hacia atrás y d 2020

”

didas prevenir r con los pósito de ientemente de plomo, QUAD Max on pintura a país, por lo “ departamento aren su duda. rodillo tipo “J” , instrucciones. da profesional la jurisdicción l y chinchetas,

tanas (Therma- Cinta métrica, y una bandeja s compuestas o recomendamos . nal pory otras a calidad, sellador tornillos de grado n cumpla con todos . . ladro eléctrico o pistola Se recomienda utilizar

se utilizan frecuentemente por ” y www.thermatru.com es para construcción), pistola para sellador, de la marca OSI ya que supera nuestros ” , cinta autoadhesiva a prueba de agua, comprobados ” “ . Asegúrese que los desechos sean manejados Use forros resistentes al agua y cinta flexible autoadhesiva a prueba forros resistentes al de agua sobre el revestimiento exterior agua: (OSB u otras), y el uso cinta de autoadhesiva flexible algún para productosellar el perímetro adhesivo de la o abertura. Se debe cortar el forro resistente al agua sobre la abertura de fabricante) la creando puerta (sigamomentáneamente un los con fleje lineamientos superior, cinta la que delcual se sellará adhesiva más adelante debe en en el (siga las instrucciones del fabricante).paso 11 sostenerse la parte Instalación de kit de solera que inferior: primero compruebe abertura que siguiendo la las solera instrucciones calce en del la fabricante. QUAD Foam “

www.epa.gov/lead constructores y remodeladores profesionales para mantener el agua fuera de la casa. Le recomendamos que si alguno de claro, no los lo omita, pasos llame no al 1-800-THERMA-TRU es y lo pida que sufic le acl Si aun así el procedimiento no está para la instalación. claro, por favor busque ayu Los códigos de construcción varían dependiendo que puede de darse el lacaso que algunos región no estén cubiertos del en estas El instalador es el responsable de garantizar que la instalació los códigos construcción únicos, por de favor llame al 1-800-THERMA-TRU. construcción locales. Si Si sospecha su que en su caso casa base existiese algún presenta de riesgo relacionado plomo c códigos (comúnmente de utilizada antes de 1979), tome las me apropiadas. Para obtener mayor información visite sobre pintura a base Constructor, Constructor, subcontratistaproveedor: o Es posible que se códigos requieran de construcción componentes locales, asegúrese adicionales de consultar parade construcción para con seguir sus lineamientos suy recomendaciones. cumpli de comenzar. antes instrucciones las Lea todas Prácticas recomendadas por Therma-Tru diversas aplicaciones de material escalera, barra de palanca navaja utilitaria, pequeña, pistola de clavos, tijeras para martillo, hojalata, ta lentes de de tornillos, seguridad,dos desarmadores guantes,(uno Phillips y uno plano), de cuña madera, espátulas para masilla (una rígida y otra flexible), exterior número #8 x 2-1/2 solera rígida, espuma de poliuretano de baja expansión para ven Tru recomienda requisitos y está disponible con una pistola de aplicación profesional y se puede reutilizar), pistola para aplicar espuma, limpiadorrígida de Therma-Tru. Moldura para uso exterior para si es necesaria espuma correctamente o reciclados de acuerdo con los requerimientos de Herramientas y materiales necesarios para la nivel de instalación: 6 y 2 pies, escuadra, al menossuficientes tubos de 20 sellador a pies base de depolímero híbrido hilo de alt o corde de elastómero o poliuretano (Therma-Tru recomienda de el la sellador marca OSI, por su fuerza de adherencia y durabilidad a largo plazo en filtraciones de agua hacia el interior de manera la casa. adecuada Seguir alargará éstas la instrucciones vida de relacionados con filtraciones útil de agua de lluvia. del producto y reducirá los problemas Estos métodos estan local. Estas instrucciones de instalación están diseñadas parade puertas ayudarque ya cuentan a con conocimiento instaladores previo de carpintería y saben usar herramientas eléctricas de una manera adecuada y segura. El pro Entregue estas instrucciones propietario.al Los estándares en la aplicación de estos productos están regidos por Códigoel Residencial Internacional, el Código de Construcción Internacio normas estatales jurisdiccionales.o Copias de la clasificación de rendimiento están disponibles en nuestroWeb sitio de instalación la para Instrucciones Pre-fabricadas de Puertas Sistemas estas instrucciones es mostrar Therma-Tru la mediante manera el de uso instalar de métodos un y sistema materiales de que ayuden puertas a SITE 1 Installation Pre-Hung Unit Installation Pre-Hung 1.8 de la extensión y la solera. ysolera. la extensión de la Nota: infe solera de de revestimiento kit un sin Instalación 3B: Paso No calafatee laparte inferior la solera de de lapuerta. Cuando instale un revestimiento de kit de solera inferior, in interior borde del largo solera. la de la efectividad lo a exc en calafateo de masilla calafateo Aplicar solera. la de revestimiento de masilla de cordón d filtración la evitar para y, adhesivo de uniones las de largo lo a calafateo de masilla de cordón un aplique adicional, protección obtener Para tiempo el piezas las juntas mantenga adhesión. buena una asegurar para suficiente y posición solera. en la de central(es) revestimiento sección(es) del piezas incluid las (ya de PVC traslape de cemento áreas de generosa cantidad una aplique Luego, abertura. e contra firmemente presione y calafateo de masilla de cordones l de revestimiento del izquierdo e derecho extremos los Coloque rior. infe solera de revestimiento de kit un con Instalación 3A: Paso suelo. el en calafateo de de masilla Aplicación 3: Paso abertura. la de ypreparación Revisión cont.: 2, Paso

si usa una extensión de la solera, aplique masilla de calafateo en la unión unión la en calafateo de masilla aplique solera, la de extensión una usa si

el suelo de la abertura. Extienda los cordones hasta hasta cordones los Extienda abertura. la de total ancho el alcanzar abertura. la de suelo el en calafateo de masilla de gruesos cordones 3 Coloque

MAX. QUAD OSI recomienda Therma-Tru calidad; alta de poliuretano o elastómero únicamente Use planos. momento. este en problema ambos verificar para mismo sí sobre cordel el Voltee corregir. debe más comunes por las que las puertas sufren fugas fugas y agua. aire de sufren puertas las que las por comunes más * o otai, a brua sá fea e pl de Los “fuera está figura. abertura la la contrario, lo en muestra de centro, el en suavemente tocar se deben se cordeles como puerta), la de exterior lado que (del abertura la cordel diagonalmente cruce un Coloque prueba? la realizar ¿Cómo la de Revíselo perímetro plano. un cordel. con prueba una mismo realizando el el en están enmarcan deben abertura que paredes Las l sao fea e pl de “fuera estado El el marco y la abertura. y la el marco entre y puerta, la de marco el con solera puerta. la de uniones las de la largo lo a calafateo de de masilla de inferior cordones coloque También superficie la de ancho y largo lo a gruesos calafateo la de masilla de de cordones Aplique inferior misma. pueda superficie se la que calafatear manera de caras, las de una o borde su sobre puerta la Apoye sellador híbrido de polímero, polímero, de híbrido sellador

ano ” es una de las razones razones las de una es ”

eula cualquier Resuelva

e aire, extienda unextienda aire, e

eso puede afectar afectar puede eso

a solera en los los en solera a l costado de la decostado l rior Coloque la(s) la(s) Coloque .

” y se se y ” ano ferior del del ferior ) n las en o)

2020

Instale con los tornillos proporcionados. proporcionados. tornillos los con Instale suministrado, oculto de sujeción el sistema con se instala Si pulgadas. de exteriores para tornillos Use momento. este en completamente las cabezas de los tornillos si si tornillos de los las cabezas proporciona oculto sujeción de sistema el utiliza no Si jambas. y elmarco. bisagras las de lado del Nivelación temporalmente. y fije abertura la en unidad la Coloque 4: Paso abertura. la de posterior parte la de Calafateo 3C: Paso Unidad Simple Unidad compuesto bastidor para tornillo adicionales de Ubicaciones el puerta. de la bisagras las de lado apriete Laterales, Vidrieras con unidades las de caso el En unidad. de la pasivo fijo o apriet Patio, para y Doble Puerta de unidades las de caso el En to mien caigan se lascalzas que Los tornillos. de encima por colocar pueden se cuñas las que cad en tornillos los Coloque dobles o individuales puertas Para No proporcionados. Instale suministrado, oculto sujeción de sistema el con instala ó 2-1/2 X #8 de exteriores para tornillos Use diagramas. los en muestra se como muest bisagras las de ubicaciones las entre tornillos se Coloque también como y tal bisagras ma-Tru, Ther compuestos puerta de las demarco sistemas los Para diagramas. de ubicaciones las de una cada en hágalo vigas, las y bisagras) las de (lado marco del través a tornillos los Pase l de lado del marco el nivele exterior. al y interior del y izquierda a derecha pies 6 de empaqu nivel el un está Use que en strip). puerta la de lado del trabajar a Comience abertura. la en atornille No unidad la asegurar para marcos ubica la en tornillos los Instale

apriete los tornillos completamente en este momento. momento. este en completamente tornillos los apriete 0.32 cm entre las ubicaciones de las bisagras en ambas ambas en bisagras las de de ubicaciones compuestos las diámetro entre cm 0.32 de puerta agujeros de taladre marco también Therma-Tru, de sistemas los Para tornillos. los colocar para ubicaciones estas en diámetro de cm 0.32 de orificios Pretaladre marco. el en posición su marque y bisagras las de ubicación la presente Tenga inferior de la puerta en la solera inferior o en los los en o inferior abertura. solera la la en hacia inclínelo luego calafateo, de masilla de cordones puerta la de inclinado, inferior superior borde el borde el coloque y unidad la centre abertura, de la aléjelo Con unidad. la Levante

usa una broca para avellanar. avellanar. para broca una usa tras se realizan ajustes. ajustes. realizan se tras in e oiii cnrl pret central orificio del ción

de la puerta. Use sellador híbrido de de MAX. OSI QUAD híbrido alta sellador de recomienda Therma-Tru calidad. poliuretano Use o elastómero puerta. polímero, abertura la la unidad de la de de perímetro el posterior todo de parte alrededor la en cm 1.59 a 1.27 de sellador de cordón un Aplique ¡Importante! Unidad con Vidriera Lateral Vidriera con Unidad temporalmente en su lugar. No atornille atornille No lugar. su en

aladrado de ambos ambos de aladrado

3 pulgadas. Si se Si pulgadas. 3 do, puede ocultar ocultar puede do, a la ubicación así así ubicación la a con los tornillos tornillos los con e primero el lado lado el primero e marco contra el el contra marco s iars de bisagras, as Unidad Doble Doble Unidad #8 X 2-1/2 ó 3 3 ó 2-1/2 X #8 rnillos evitarán evitarán rnillos SITE 1 (weather- e ra en los los en ra Installation

la se de de do un de ue 8 X 1.9 ólar arte l bien # ía de

ra ue si es do a e que elo de instala del nas y ine rriba y a sta lete de ando d bierta acto de ramos del la al erirq ón. bil ar donde ue nas erifique qui ci rás q ho q v ont a co loc co e instale aline la cu lug un a rca debe quedar most ala a, con la p requ estar a ducto pa rnillos de le. Cuan ificios gu o Recorte l ra es ego term en asta el su alar o erta hesivo de las as ral, asegúrese ridal y dentro o afuera adilla con la parte el mar oridad cada haga c stab justodet abiert puerta, illa se los to más ce specífic ismo anc el billete de un d de umbral ajustable. aut e com al r o rta niónentre Velocity Zone (HVHZ) nte, lu utoad n que ale ura, deos 2-1/2” en las o, de Flo cia a almoh al aju taladre or h s y s puedy ración para tornillos de rt a, la pu ral para apertura hacia el m ro poliuretano o de alta se en aprobación de un aciónde pro la inst orifici bajo. sellado pa ació a tame con la l lapue aso dos) a través de los orificios epa e el a marc rco de la a larg a Hig la parte ancha de l para umbral. de ene lui alizar ra ra asegurar lasdurante la inst stal l e) está . on la abe el c el empa oder retirar in et ubierta de umb or o ado para esquinas: sólo para ta puerta y bajo de ella cuando está rificar

elastóme e para umbr p específica nal a erior near bisagr ue bierta de umbral, h d ente, de 0.32 cm de diámetro tio: c iones las de ón pa iámetro ta inf ali estrechaa ro, laon aprob as al ma icio das dil das (inc d debe re ara

marco y e cubier tar la c tiva nera que no sea fácil j do la almohad ohadilla ti do q l ad rte bier talaci ncione correc able. ectam debe ve , como es c do quel oha uenta con pr alación e ubiertas de umb ubicac ara Pa la pa part rma m de ajus arlo. ns pulga políme ar udar a equeri o i c Retire el pap alm aplí la superior de la cubierta Cuan corr la go, abra la las nillos p guran e ntre e ajust la cerradura pa la puerta. na cu n la alm rta fu de en c dólar por de ificación marco. rasg juste la cerradura ha anclaj able c las r s rio. Lue A ase 0.32 2-1/2 de seguro.del justable. el o da OSI QUAD MAX.)en la u pue www.thermatru.com ués de dicciones ajusta de manera adecuad rior de justa de ma un cerrada. Se debe p sin a ictoacuer ridod ateralp y ridad lguna s los tor d siempre one gra en onar ivasde inst ien end al d calzase estr ha) de rci aladre orificios guía

Esta ver Desp hay tornillos hay de ajuste. que el empaque (burl supe necesa Uste almente ucci bisa or híb iste a ue rta tenga u bral ajust de rec nillos a través de la cu e segu marcoel de cion umbral ncluy recom idrieraL i justable para ay co. d nstr iamente ncip e i ga V para o, sellad , si ex on normat ble y as os. os propo stadosjuris o su pue se abren haciaadentro. adura L lajeadi or ( nill se ha y ta coloqy específi io. (Pri on prev opiada y que la dam or largos err icción ar. des con nferior (est ón s c en apr bierta de um Therma-Tru os t esar risd ral ajusta es que cuentanc : Cubiertad a puer ; l laci te i stalar to aplic to específic ue. e la e sellad ju l nillo 8 unida nec par í. Algunos e da posible que e in e Pre-Hung Installation Unit la cu duc etar duc recomen ga era). paq ra xas, insta erre anera

s aso 9: Instalación de almohadillas de sell aso10: Anc aso alidad ubierta deumbral a Si Es

P unidad Apliqu c de umb La P P

la áread anclaje, instale los tor c ser pro

m afu Le Pa apr ten aqu si pue Te pro bisagras. De no ser así, t están también disponibles en los tor em Ci 2020 co 32 los sta lado acto ada, nillos de la orte. de paque de en nciona ga las ber un iba, en está el ont ivel del ción, los lgadas a el mar no haya bisagras. arr y recto.y s los ue ra tor ueva esos apriete los elta o se ertura y el nes. ue fu el em 10 X 2-1/2 transp agra y ha rás de cada ás, si No haga c a alinea puerta y esté n bis det en q hace contacto de la puerta y

ubicación inalmente los de la ab dem la puerta y velado par márge la o, rem de su en las éste ni s rta co rta. Debe ha orificiosguía de0.

obre la configuración verificar q los de # ues ntre orificios pa ue de la nillos, dos orificios ue ntrari sobre la pue nil és de ansporte. illos. perior y f adre #8 X 2-1/2 ó 3 pu el mar rta su y acto con las bisagras y asegure el nillos. Primero tes sujetador ue está erta que tal alles s rior e inferior. la puerta. l ojo. os tor torn da. de ont de la os tor e ara tr aso co que el q s det ajus al marco para que as puertas. A en los 2 lo de l on lapue abra erta, zas arriba en estos reseq erifi s los empaq cerra s ga c c agras, y e do así dos) a trav dorp re l de rnillos ba abi anera tanto en la parte de ener alice ra cerrel bis as al empaq rri nstale l ada ent clan ue, v lo, en c go de la parte su inferior.la aciones de ente que la puerta nclui ajustes los márgenes entre la Asegú rre la puerta para ente.

erta pre ha . la parte supe diámetro bic paq oloque cal el sujeta edio y abajo e que cercan aque ta, cerr obles, re los e i Desde el lado de la pue em a lo lar Haga siem misma m m erior. go los de uevam la pu ente. ectam calzas a

viga, an ta c nivel de 6 pies para verificar el marco dos en inf da y que gal para obt nera de apretar todo puer seguro con to Retire Abra y cie

corr Con cm ue la evitando que la pu más “cuelgue”. Asegúrese que algún tornil tornil pulgadas (i puerta estábien ción de las ine de apretar los tor un s bisagras a para transporte y el emp arte e rte superior a e ine ertas D la e los orificios pa p , edio, lue uadra aladra opiadam zas en las u de ma rifique n je l Fije Coloq Use Term

ubica marco. de m la do del to. to d la pa Ve Term

enc apr cal ciónd el la las bisagras. ntac justes sujetador e de las Pu desde ubica ificios pret co d el sitio de Astra

lice a aso la re tire el estemomen s ejos del seguro de la puer o l lado d el c nes d el mar en io da de : Re nes y el co lado cc 7 los co de illos y rea és de los or rge stru Paso En el Nota: en Asegure Paso 6: Ajuste resto el marco del apriete.y Paso 5: Coloque las mar trav adecua torn má tornil

in quedenpar claro de 3/8” a cuando 1/2” la SITE 1 Installation Pre-Hung Unit Installation Pre-Hung 1.10 necesario. necesario.

ins de menores y ajustes problemas de solución de vídeo nuestro instrucciones instalación, sitio Web nuestro a Ingrese rigurosos. más en climas frecuente más ser debe mantenimiento opac vuelva se pr superficie la cuando tan hágalo transparentes, capas acabados las de y y semibrillante o brillante pintura la selladores de caso el En los evidente. sea deterioro reemplace y/o mantenimiento Dé u para instalación su de semanas dos funcionamiento. las de antes superior capa pintu sellador, aplicar debe les se puerta, la de marco el como a expuestas quedar puedan que madera de superficies las todas A puertas Las puerta. la afuera de hacia lados 6 los teñirse o pintarse Debe en colocar a volverse y quitarse puerta. la teñir o pintar de después debe empaque, el The tiña de ni acabado pinte de instrucciones las con acuerdo de tiña o después Pinte meses 6 los de dentro darse debe instalación. acabado el vidrio, de Para válida. sea garantía la que para instalado haberse de días (pintura acabado su tener deben Tru Therma acero de puertas Las FOAM. QUAD OSI recomienda Therma-Tru de a fin l de unidad y la abertura la entre quedar pueda que el claro en ai para espuma y puerta, ventana expansión, pequeña una Utilice exteriores. para masilla con y cúbralos superficie la de ras al estén utilizados tornillos o los clavos A exterior. para tornillos utilice entonces Tormenta de Puertas Si abertura. la de perímetro el en galvanizados clavos Coloque tod y unidad la para unidad a sujeta que estructura la de uniones las Selle molduras. ylas elmarco entre uniones revestimientos los o tapajuntas de material el hasta moldura la de alrededor Calafatee mantenimiento. y ambientales condiciones a robusta instalación e Diseño 11: Paso marco. del adicional Anclaje cont.: 10, Paso prevenir filtracion de aire y agua y reducir la transferencia d transferencia la y reducir yagua aire de filtracion prevenir

prevenir

ee isecoas rglret y a mneiino i es si mantenimiento dar y regularmente inspeccionarse deben filtración de aire y agua. agua. y aire de filtración tornillos proporcionados. proporcionados. tornillos todo e “A de www.thermatru.com el lado exterior de la unidad, sellando a lo largo de de largo lo a sellando unidad, la de exterior lado el cabecera, a continuación, quite las cuñas cuñas las los con Instale suministrado, oculto sujeción quite puertas continuación, temporales. las a Donde cabecera, la en de cabeza, placa la en tornillos los Inserte la cierran. del de centro el bastidor sobre temporal cuña la Coloque Para Puertasdobles: aao Tñd e e mso día mismo el en Teñido y cabado tornillos los con oculto Instale proporcionados. sujeción de sistema suministrado, el la con en instala marco se Si Mull. del del (s) poste del través lado cada a a cabecera, tornillo e un Pre-taladre Mull, inserte de (s) poste el sobre Cuña Mull: (s) poste con unidades Para parte superior de la lengüeta de la barrera barrera la de lengüeta (WRB). al agua resistente la de la en superior adhesiva parte cinta que la o Coloque inmueble daños. al haya entre para agua el que flexible esto evitará superior, parte la autoadhesiva en superficies proteger cinta Aplique Si se instala con el sistema de de sistema el con instala se Si para acceder a los manuales de de manuales los a acceder para a puerta, puerta, a ra o mancha y una una y mancha o ra segure que todos todos que segure y selle todas las las todas selle y puertas de fibra fibra de puertas a la orilla de la de orilla la a talación. talación. slar, slar, está instalando instalando está que se abren abren se que a o áspera. El El áspera. o a la intemperie, intemperie, la ) a los pocos pocos los a ) su posición posición su rma Tru. No No Tru. rma ”

pr ver para y . Acabado Acabado . e calor e n mejor mejor n onto el el onto e la de . 2020 De marco de puerta compuesto Therma-Tru: compuesto puerta de De marco del instrucciones las Consulte Same- Therma-Tru l capa. con siguiente panel la del aplicar grietas secar las deje incluye; de se que tinte color espuma de de tono exceso el obtenga cualquier que Retire hasta necesario sea que veces las limp paño un Pase color. el será oscuro más limpiarlo, de antes a Stain™ Day el en encuentran se que TSP transparentes capas de de productos y tintes solución de uso el una recomendamos sólo teñidas, o previamente agua cas y el En completamente. secar suave deje y bien Enjuague detergente trisódico). un con puerta la sec deje y mineral aguarrás y limpio paño un con limpie primero puertas: teñir Para instruc ambiente. al medio expuestos las puerta la de extremos y los los bordes siguiendo superficies las para casas yexteriores para base acabados Use pintura compatibles. para la que Asegúrese látex aplicación. su pintura para fabricante con seque pinte base pintura la luego, que Deje acrílica. o TS alquídica resina de de solución una u Aplique o completamente. secar deje agua y bien y Enjuague trisódico). suave detergente con limpie primero Para pintarpuertas: ve de limpiador dan que un superficies con abajo.) las (vea un exteriores para pintura En residuos en vidrio. el navaja los Proteja la Retire mineral. de aguarrás grados. cuchilla 45 la de sosteniendo ángulo sellador el Remueva marco. del lo a sellador remover para filo solo limpiador un de navaja rociando una Use sellador agua. de exceso cualquier retire Primero par yaccesorios a vidrios los de marcos los a acabado dar Para Classic-Craft Puertas exteriores para pintura use exterior al dan que las superficies para fabricante del instrucciones las siga y casas para calidad lát base de pintura Use acabado. del pintura pintura de capas las aplicar de una la secar Aplique Deje vidrios. los de marcos vidrio. los a acrílica o el alquídica Cubra completamente. Enjuague TSP. de secar solución una grados. use o agua 45 y suave de detergente un ángulo e Limpi un mineral. aguarrás Remueva o en ventanas de marco. limpiador navaja un con del residuos la borde de del cuchilla la largo lo sosteniendo a sellador remover para navaja una Use agua. o vidrios: ventanas de limpiador los rociando sellador de marcos los pintar Para use exterior al dan que superficies pue la de expuestos extremos y las los bordes los Pinte exteriores. En aplicación. su para instruc las siga y casas para calidad alta de acrílico látex de pin de antes empaques los remueva y completa vidrios los secar accesorios, los deje y bien Enjuague trisódico). (fosfato TSP de puertas: pintar Para PuertasdeAcerolique ap y Smooth-Star No 85%. a menor sea relativa humedad directa. solar la luz la bajo acabados y 90F) ent ay encuentren (50 se 32.2ºC ambiental temperaturas la cuando sólo Trabaje Instrucciones para elAcabado: Stain™ del instrucciones las Consulte l aplicar de antes horas 6 al menos durante tinte el Deje secar color de el tono obtenga que hasta necesario sea que las veces tinte, el sobre io limp paño un Pase color. el será oscuro más limpiarlo, de antes DayStain™ el en encuentran se que transparentes yprodu tintes de uso el recomendamos sólo teñidas, previamente el cas En completamente. secar ydeje bien Enjuague trisódico). TS de solución una o agua y suave detergente con limpie primero Therma-Tru: compuesto puerta de marco de componentes teñir Para puerta. la de expuestos los extremos y bordes los Pinte exteriores. para pintura use exterior al dan que acrí superficies las látex para de fabricante del pintura instrucciones las siga Use y casas para pintar. calidad de antes empaques TS los de remueva : solución Therma-Tru l Proteja una completamente. o secar compuesto deje y agua bien yEnjuague puerta trisódico). suave de detergente con marco limpie de primero componentes pintar Para Corp. es una compañía de Fortune Brands Home & Security, Inc. Inc. Security, & Home Brands Fortune de compañía una es Corp. T Corp. de Therma-Tru comerciales marcas son Therma-Tru de logo THERMA-T reservados. derechos los Todos Corp. Therma-Tru 2016 © ADVERTENCIA: Cáncer y daño reproductivo reproductivo daño y Cáncer ADVERTENCIA:

para obtener información más detallada. detallada. más información obtener para www.P65Warnings.ca.gov www.P65Warnings.ca.gov California de residentes para Solo . Aplique el tinte con un paño. Mientras más tiempo deje el tin deje tiempo más Mientras paño. un con el tinte Aplique . . piu e tne o u pñ. inrs á tep dj e tint el deje tiempo más Mientras paño. un con tinte el Aplique Day Stain™ Day primero limpie con detergente suave y agua o una solución solución una o agua y suave detergente con limpie primero ® I y Fiber-Classic kitpara acabado Therma-Tru Same-Day para obtener información más detallada. detallada. más información obtener para ® e it drne lmns6 h 6 menos al durante tinte el kit para acabado Therma-Tru Same- Therma-Tru acabado para kit ssued 6/19 Part# MSDRIST65 MSDRIST65 6/19 Part# ssued ® i pr aaao hraTu Same- Therma-Tru acabado para kit : Primero retire cualquier exceso de de exceso cualquier retire Primero

ciones del fabricante fabricante del ciones . pintura base antes antes base pintura i pr acabado para kit a siguiente capa. capa. a siguiente su aplicación. En En aplicación. su su aplicación. En En aplicación. su rta. rta. ex acrílico de alta alta de acrílico ex o de superficies superficies o de que desea. desea. que os accesorios, y accesorios, os exteriores. Pinte Pinte exteriores. io sobre el tinte, tinte, el sobre io largo del borde borde del largo al exterior use use exterior al completamente, completamente, o de superficies superficies de o ar al aire o lave na pintura base base pintura na tar. Use pintura pintura Use tar. P (fosfato ctos de capas de capas ctos la pintura sean sean pintura la e el marco con con marco el e e etns o ventanas de mente. Protejamente. de un solo filo filo solo un de oras antes de de antes oras boh de brocha a pintura para para pintura a paneles: paneles: a herma-Tru herma-Tru lico de alta alta de lico que desea. desea. que bien y deje deje y bien Retire los los Retire ins del ciones RU yelRU P (fosfato (fosfato P P (fosfato (fosfato P de resina resina de l sellador sellador l tns o ntanas SITE 1 e 0 y 10 re (fosfato (fosfato

te te e

Installation 1 1.1 ? Use Use ?

Provide Provide shim board Double check PLUMB center section e pieces together. he he right and left snips. Be sure to ty ty hybrid polymer, QUAD MAX, but do an. Fix any problems now. Fix any problems now. now. problems any Fix Fix any problems now. now. problems any Fix a flat, surface level, so the sill clean pan properly or weight sill caulked can required. as bearing fill be or and sand Scrape opening. sealed to the Is Is the opening the correct door size for unit? the Check frame size it now, before against installation. opening The the should be door frame height inch, plus and ½ frame width plus ½ inch inch. to ¾ Are the framing and walls a 6 foot level and check both sides of the opening, both ways (front left). to right to back and Is the sub floor level and solid? Check widthand height. Measure size of frame (width and brickmould. height), not Remove cleats and fastened packaging, but closed so do to keep instructed until clip transport the remove with door transport 9. in Step clip.later Do not

We recommend you first “dry the fit” first pan “dry you sill in the We recommend opening, If additional floor covering clearance is required, attach the is required, clearance covering floor additional If

Use only the PVC cement provided in the sill pan kit to glue th

Note: Step 1: Check Door Unit. Door Unit. Check Step 1: Opening. Prepare and Step Check 2: board. shim the under well caulk to sure Be floor. sub the to square. a framing with corners all Check square? opening the Is by comparing diagonal measurements. Note: The sill pan must be sealed to the sub-floor using a high-quali elastomeric elastomeric or polyurethane sealant; Therma-Tru recommends OSI to the bottom apply sealant not the of sill when ap using sill

Use Use a Sill Pan: the following with furnished instructions the sill pan. Place t sill pan ends tight against the sides of the opening. Check the tin or saw hack a with cut necessary, if and length proper for allow 2 inches of overlap at the joints. 2020 that

rly and hat help r, please ders and ay ay require ilitate ilitate proper ion drawings drawings ion the certified Pre-Hung Venting Unit Installation Unit Pre-Hung Venting Always check equirements equirements and d resistance to ends OSI QUAD by by Code in your tallers who have erma-Tru sill pan. ctions are closely ve and position. Use Use position. and ve allation, in order to iple iple uses from one can of -adhesive -adhesive flashing tape, j- ar, ar, hammer, safety glasses, hims, putty knifes, one stiff, stiff, one knifes, putty hims, hane hane window and door foam c drill or screw gun, two screw 1/2” 1/2” screws, self the bottom up (follow manufacturer’s

Tape Tape measure, 6-foot and 2-foot level, framing square, at ctorSupplier: or

Use Water Resistive Barrier and Flexible Flashing: Flashing: Flexible and Barrier Resistive Water Use We recommend the use of a Water(WRB) Resistive applied Barrier to the other) exterior and the sheathing use of (OSB an adhesive or or productflexible to flashingseal around the opening. The WRB should be cut guidelines) with in the head of the be applied should in flashing 13. The later Step sealed flap the taped up, to be opening in an overlapping manner as shown, always (follow working from manufacturer’s guidelines). Recommended Best Practices ®

Read all instructions before starting. before all instructions Read Therma-Tru The door unit is large, heavy and can be cumbersome to lift, mo Required Tools & Materials: least 20 feet of stringpolymer, or elastomeric twine or and polyurethane push sealant MAX sealant pins, (Therma-Tru for its several adhesion recomm strength tubes and long-term of durability materials applications), across caulking high-quality gun, step various ladder, buildingsmall pry b hybrid gloves, utility knife, punch or brad nailer, tin snips, electri drivers (one Phillips and one flat-blade), composite or cedar s one flexible, exterior grade number 8 x 2- safe lifting techniques and a helper(s) prevent to assist personal you injury with inst and installation. damage to the unit, and to help fac require product approval (typicallyspecial assembly, components and installation. Always refer for to coastal applications) m applications. these for website our on Building codes can vary by County and/or Jurisdiction, State. that may be required or installation assembly for any specific area. Sidelite forDoor Vented Installation Instructions Systems These installation instructions are designed to assist door ins an understanding of carpentry to how principles, to illustrate is instructions these of and purpose The tools. power use safely know how to prope install a Therma-Tru® door system using methods and materials t expansion polyuretlow rigid closed cell roller, head flashing, recommends (Therma-Tru OSI QUAD FOAM because it surpasses our r is available with a professional application gun, allowing mult foam), proper foam application gun, Exterior trim needed.if foam cleaner and a rigid Th Please forward these instructions to the homeowner. homeowner. the to instructions these forward Please Therma-Tru® certified door systems and Therma-Tru® door systems system requirements and product approval assembly and installat assembly approval product and requirements system eliminate air infiltration and water related leaks. If the the followed, door diresystem will have a long life useful with goo problems. intrusion water and air These methods are “tried and true” They are used remodelers who widely are by serious buil about managing and keeping water home.side out Rather than the eliminate any steps that may be unclear and to ask 1-800-THERMATRU you,for If clarification. pleaseyou remain unclea call seek more professional assistance with the installation. installation. the with assistance professional more seek

Builder, Subcontra SITE 1 Installation Pre-Hung VentingPre-Hung Unit Installation 1.12 the extender and the sill approach. sill the and extender the Note: Step 3B: Installation without a Sill Pan. Do Not Caulk the bottom of the Sill when using a sill Pan. sill pan. Additionalcaulking could affect the performance of t i lower the along caulk of bead a run infiltration, air prevent help to jointsglueand alongthe caulkprotection,of added For beadspread a bond. good a ensure to enough long together pieces positi in section(s)center Placeprovided. cement PVC the with area recessed the and areas overlapped the coat liberally Then, opening. the of side the againsttightly and beads caulk the ontoends pan sillleft and right the Place Step 3A: Installation with a Sill Pan. Step3: Caulk theSubFloor. Step2 cont.: Check and Prepare Opening.

If a sill extender is used, place a large bead of caulk at the the at caulk of bead large a place used, is extender sill a If s a Etr Tb we Cukn aog the along Caulking Floor. Sub when Tube Entire an Use Therma-Tru recommends OSI QUAD MAX. elastomeric or polyurethane sealant; the UseOnly of width full beads Run opening. sealant. of beads On the sub floor at opening, place 3 very large most the water. of and air leak units door one reasons common is condition plumb” of “out *An to check both planes. distance that twice needsandcorrected. by beto Flipthestring overitself plumb” of “out is opening string(s) should gently touch in the center, if not the The shown. as outside, diagonally the by from opening string the across a Attach this Plumb: for Test Do String plane. same the in perfor the around are walls framing opening the sure be to Check

ming a“string test” for plumb.

a high-quality hybrid polymer, surface of the jambs and and jambs the of brickmould. bottom the on surface and jamb the and sill the of junction the along caulk of Additionally,sill.beads theplace of large width veryfull the across caulk of Placebeads caulked. be sill the can of surface bottom the that so face or edge on unit door the Lay

Fix any problems now. nterior edge of the the of edge nterior he sill pan. pan. sill he

s of the pieces pieces the of s on and hold hold and on junction of of junction

2020

Do Not Fasten through the Brickmould. with provided both hiddeninstalling fasteningIf system, installscrews. withgrade exterior on provided scinch 3 or inch 2-1/2 locations X #8 Use time. this hole pre-drilled center temporarily the in secure screws the unit Install in the place. Do not drive screws c hidden fastening system. not ifscrewheads, concealthe to helpwill sinkbit counter A UnitOpening and in Temporarily 4: Fasten. Place Step side of CaulkingBack 3C: Brickmould. Step bolt hole locations, follow the instructions in the astragal si properlymullionpassiveForforonthedetails door. setting astragalthe slide Note: Do not 5:Step Plumband FastenHinge Side Mull Post.

When installing a French door with active sidelites, first set firstsidelites, active with doorFrench a installingWhen drive the screw completely in at this time.

OSI QUAD MAX. OSIQUAD recommends Therma-Tru or polyurethane sealant is essential. quality hybrid polymer, elastomeric

A 1/2 unit. door the of perimeter entire the around brickmould Apply sealant to the back side of Important! atnn sse, ntl with install provided screws. system, hidden providedfastening with installing side each on header, the into frame the of through screw a insert theand Pre-drill hinge to left and inside to outside). mull (right ways both mullion theside hinge plumb and level foot 6 post. a Use If locations on both jambs. diameterinchholesbetween hinge 1/8 pre-drill also systems, Frame Door Composite Therma-Tru For these locations for screw at placement. holes diameter Pre-drill inch surfaces. 1/8 door the near faces jamb the on locations those mark and locations hinge the configurations, note unit door all For opening. into tilt and beads caulk or onto pan sill down sill place and unit the edge center top opening, from With away tilted up. unit the Lift driving screw tight. Finish straight. and plumb is it recheck hinge mull post to ensure side hinge mull over post. directly Shim Using a 6 foot level, – 5/8 inch bead of a high- te pack.

using provided provided using rews. ompletely in at in ompletely SITE 1 ab to jambs the hinge hinge the

Installation bottom 1.13 usted, it able to be from under the with with the top of the threshold flush Remove the self-stick to the apply and pads seal corner the paper from jamb or mull post, with the lined up evenly with the top of the threshold cap. When correctly installed, the tab the is on top same pad the and is is the pad narrow bottom. the part of is on bottom the The width of the threshold cap to help with alignment during installation. Corner pads must be installed on Inswing units Only. Only. units Inswing – This check should be performed at each adjustment screw location on each active threshold cap. After After adjusting the threshold cap, ensure that weatherstrip the is necessary. as Trim cap. . active opening. each sides of should be snug and slightly difficult to pull door a and dollar sidelites bill when out fully closed. The tearing dollar without removed bill should be Step 10: Adjust Sill. Sill. Adjust 10: Step Your door unit has adjustable threshold caps. When properly adj Pads Seal Corner Install Step 11: or elastomeric polymer, hybrid high-quality (a sealant Apply MAX.) QUAD OSI recommends Therma-Tru sealant; polyurethane jambs. door the meets cap threshold the where joint the at both

2020 lite. Place a Pre-Hung Venting Unit Installation Unit Pre-Hung Venting vious step on itto obtain even when fully closed. Pre- 1/2” Shim directly over lock side post. mull Recheck lock ensure weatherstrip contact mull is even post to top to bottom. screw Finish driving tight. Adjust Adjust lock side mull post so that the weatherstrip contacts at equally the the top, middle, and bottom, an door even surface 3/8” – drill and insert a screw through the frame into the header, on each side mull post of the lock When installing a French door with active place shims sidelites, temporary above the center of the head screws. plate strike frame, between the Pre-drill and insert long the screws strike plate through and into shims. the temporary remove the header, then Remove transport clips. sidelites operate properly. Confirm door and needed. as adjustments Make pilot holes drill 1/8” diameter open, With sidelites and install the long locations closest to hingethe weatherstrip. Do screwsthis for in hinges. all the hinge

drive the screws drive the screw completely in at this time. time. this at in completely screw the drive Step 9: Remove Transport Clip and Open Door. Door. and Open Clip Transport Remove 9: Step Step 8: (French Door) Temporary Shim at Head Jamb. Jamb. Head at Shim Temporary Door) (French 8: Step

Step 7: Adjust and Secure Side Jambs. Jambs. Side and Secure Step 7: Adjust un the of side mull hinge the jamb on hinge sidelite the Adjust weatherstrip contact top to bottom at the lock side of the side Do Not Step 6: Adjust and Fasten Lock Side Mull Post. Mull Post. Side Lock and Fasten Step 6: Adjust screw through the jamb, hinge into side the remaining hinge location. stud, at each For Door Therma-Tru Frame systems, also place locations. hinge between screws Composite Do Not time. this at in completely Shim above the screws between the opening and the jamb make adjustment and so the margin between the and sidelite mullion are even top margin to will bottom. be than slightly This larger the margin Recheck at sidelite hinge jamb the to door. ensure weatherstrip contact even top to is bottom. Finish driving screws tight. Repeat the pre unit. the of side mull lock the on jamb hinge sidelite the SITE 1 Installation Pre-Hung VentingPre-Hung Unit Installation 1.14 following paint, house latex surfaces. acrylic high-quality ishes fin Use grade Useexterior for instructions. outside application manufacturer’s coats. paint finish be dry to Allowprimeracrylic-based primer.or alkyd- an with TSP a use Rinse or water, and detergent mild well spirits. a with mineral frame or glass and Clean cleaner window allow with off residue remaining tothe Wipe scrape dryglass. angle, degree completely.45 a at blade razor the Holding frame. Mask offwater. glass. Use a singleedge window a Prime razorwithspraying first bladeby sealant glass excess to any score Remove g the sealant along the edge of theTo Paint Doorlite Frames: en exposed and edges Paint surfaces. outside for finishes grade a quality followingpaint,manufacturer’shouse applicatio high directionsfor Use painting. before hard weatherstripping off remove Mask and completely. dry to allow and well Rinse solution. (trisodiTSP a use orwater detergentmildandwith first Clean To Paint Doors: Smooth-Star® Doors: with and 90°F Work 50°and well-ventilated sunlight. areas. direct between in finish not are Do 85%. than temperatures less humidity when only Work Finishing Instructions. to adjustm and issues andinstallation minor for video instructionsTroubleshooting finishing Stain Same-Day® and installation website our Access frequent maintenance. will exposures and climates severe More rough. or dull becomes deteri any as this do coats, soonclear or paint glossy or as semi-gloss For evident. finishes and sealants replace or Maintain performance. best for coated top and stained or painted and primed weathe to exposed frame door the as such surfaces wood bare All surfaces. other all as regularly as maintained and must edges door All finished. be must doors the of sides 6 All staining. 12:Step Weatherproof,Finish and Maintain. or stain the weatherstrip,“frictionthestainis orit stainaccordingorTherma-Tru®Paint to Finishinginstructions. coverage. warranty continued for date installation mont 6 withinfinished be must doors Fiberglass Therma-Tru® All between cavity the in Therma-Trurecommends OSIQUAD FOAM. foam door and reduce to window unit and opening expansion low a Use g exterior with cover and fasteners all Countersink brickmould. ar st a brickmould installing are you the if screws grade through exterior Use nails perimeter. finish galvanized to set face and door Place the and trim hardware exterior the prevent between joints the Seal material or siding and seal all joints between the jambs and mo

air and water infiltration.

www.thermatru.com air & water infiltration surfaces from from surfaces of top protect to flashing head or cap drip installed properly a maintain and Provide sealing along the brickmould to the flashing flashing the to brickmould the along sealing around Caulk flashing. head the over (WRB) Barrier Resistive Water the of damage.Tapeproperlyand flap topseal the - fit” and easily removed for painting or painting for removed easily and fit” o pitbe esos f the of versions printable for within entire

and heat transfer ae intrusion Water two weeks of exposure exposure of weeks two “weather” side of unit, unit, of side “weather” when the surface surface the when orm door to the the to door orm ds of door. ldings. ldings. rade putty. n. Use exterior exterior Use n. um phosphate)um ents. ents. Do Not paint paint Not Do fore applyingfore sealant from from sealant requiremore be inspected inspected be rlc latex crylic r should be be should r lass frames frames lass ae glass ware, cleaner or or cleaner rto is oration solution. view our our view ound the the ound hs of the of hs only in . . and and the the 2020

Therma-Tru Composite Door Frame Components: h san o r fr t es 6 or bfr apyn topcoat. applying beforeTru hours 6 least at for dry to stain the de you shade pro brushfoam the color with groovespanelthe from stainthe excess any to stain the off wipe the rag, darker clean thea off,Using wiping before “setup” to left is stain the Fiber-Classic® Doors: Tru recommendstainclearandtheofproductstheuse coat found in Rinsedoormildwithdetergent TSPwater,and(tri-sodiuma or phosph to allow and spirits well mineral and cloth clean a with first Clean andTo Stain Doors: allow of door. ends exposed and edges Paint surfaces. outside grade exterior Use compatible. to are that paint and primer dry a Use following paint, completely. house latex anacrylicwithpaint completely, thendry to acrylic-basedAllow with primer primer. Prime completely. dry to allow and well Rinse solution. Cleanfirstwithmild detergent For waterTSPand(tri-sodauseor follow paint, To Paint Doors: stained house latex acrylic ext surfaces. outside for finishes Use time. surfaces, high-quality dry and application for Use directions manufacturer’s coats. an with appl paint before frames dry glass to Prime primer Allow primer. glass. acrylic-based off or w alkyd- Mask completely. dry to allow and glassframe with mild a detergentand water, oruse aTSP solut remaining Wipe seala the scrapeangle, 45° a at blade razor the Holdingframe. water. Use a singleedge window a razorwithspraying first by blade sealant glass excess to any Remove score the sealant along the edge ofTo Finish the Doorlite Frames and Panel Inserts: Same- hoursbeforeleast6 dry forstainat to theapplying topcoat. Allowdesire.you shade color the tostain the offwipe rag, clean aUsing be. off, wiping before “setup” to left is stain the longer the in found products coat clear Same-Therma-Tru and stain the of use completely. the recommend dry only to allow and well Rinse solution. (tri-sod TSP a use or water and detergent mild with first Clean To Stain Therma-Tru Composite Door Frame Components: surfaces. outside for finishes grade acry high-quality pain hard house Use off painting. Mask before completely. weather-stripping dry to remove allow and well Rinse solution. (tri-sod TSP a use or water and detergent mild with first Clean Components: Frame Door Composite Therma-Tru paint To ® ® Same-Day Same-Day Day Stain™ Finishing Kit instructions for complete details. t, following manufacturer’s directions for application. Use ext Use application. for directions manufacturer’s following t, ® eiu of ih idw lae o mnrl prt. Clean spirits. mineral or cleaner window with off residue ® Stain Finishing Kit . Apply stain with a rag. The longer The rag. a with stain Apply Kit. FinishingStain Day Stain™ Finishing Kit. Finishing Stain™ Day an mnfcue’ apiain instructions. application manufacturer’s paint instructions for complete details. details. complete for instructions Apply stain with a rag. Therag. a with Applystain o sand ufcs we surfaces, stained For the darker the color willcolor the darker the See See air dry or wash or dry air iumphosphate) iumphosphate) iumphosphate) ion. Rinse well oo wl be. will color nt from glass. glass. from nt See See the the Therma-Tru sire. Remove sire. SITE 1 ate) solution. solution. ate) vided; allow allow vided; finishes for for finishes erior grade grade erior ig finish ying cleaner or or cleaner ly- or alkyd- ware and and ware Therma- Therma- lic latex latex lic only e erior erior ing Installation

. 1.15 . Resuelva Resuelva

rior para ontra los el largo ijeras para arte baja de Therma-Tru

. uadra uadra de enmarcar. del fabricante. fabricante. del . Use un nivel de 6 pies

tabla la de calza al suelo. Resuelva Resuelva cualquier problema Resuelva Resuelva cualquier problema en ¿La abertura es¿La del tamaño correcto para la puerta? Antes instalación, compare de la abertura con el seguir tamaño con del la marco abertura debe ser del de alto del marco más la puerta. 1.27 La cm y el ancho debe ser la medida del marco más 1.27 a 1.91 cm. cualquier problema de antes de continuar. dimensiones Los marcos y las paredes deben VERTICALES estar y revise a ambos lados de la del abertura, frente hacia atrás y izquierda. de derecha a de nivelación en este momento y que ésta pueda estar bien sellada con la recomendamos que primero compruebe Debe proporcionarse una superficie plana,

Revise las dimensionesde ancho alto.y y (ancho puerta la de marco del tamaño el Mida exterior. moldura la de no alto), Retire el empaque mantenga junto con las tablillasde sujetador/pasador transporte para la evitar que y se puerta abra de sujetador/pasador durante transporte hasta que cerrada se le su 9. paso el en indique manejo. con No retire el el adamente bajo la tabla de calza. adamentede tabla bajola Use solo el cemento de PVC provisto en el kit de la solera infe si se cubrir en un claro el necesita de abertura piso, la fije

Nota: apropi calafatear de Asegúrese ¿La abertura está encuadrada? Revise las 4 Revise esquinas dos veces comparando con las medidas una diagonales. esc este momento. El suelo debe estar nivelado nivelada y y limpia que soporte el peso, manera de que se pueda aplicar correctamente la sólido. masilla de calafateo a la solera inferior abertura revestimiento usando para alféizar. se según necesite lije o Raspe, rellene

pegar las piezas. Para sellar la solera inferior con el piso utilice un sellador de polímero híbrido, elastómero, o de a p la sellador aplique No poliuretano OSI. marca la Max de Quad recomienda de alta calidad; la solera inferior. abertura. la prepare y Revise 2: Paso Nota: puerta. para módulo el 1: Revise Paso Instalación de de Instalación inferior: solera kit instrucciones las siguiendo abertura la en calce solera la que Coloque primero los extremos derecho e costados izquierdo de la de abertura. la Compruebe solera que c la adecuado sección y central de tenga ser necesario, córtela hojalata. con Asegúrese de dejar una2 pulgadas de traslape en cada sierrauna de mano o t 2020 s, por

para

uerza de ue ayuda ientemente ientemente de puertas de puertas , el condado Pre-Hung Venting Unit Installation Unit Pre-Hung Venting quisitos para l levantarla y os os problemas e instalación o instalación a y saben usar usar saben a y aplicaciones. aplicaciones. ódulo, ódulo, así como instrucciones de tente que le ayude tanas (Therma- Tru herma-Tru. Moldura de materiales para s, suficientes tubos de s y uno plano), cuñas reutilizar), pistola para Se recomienda utilizar Cinta métrica, nivel de 6 y jeras para hojalata, taladro upera nuestros requisitos y está es antes de comenzar.es antes 1/2”, cinta autoadhesiva a prueba de agua, rodillo tipo “J”, Use Use forros resistentes al agua y cinta autoadhesiva flexible a prueba de agua: forros resistentes exterior al (OSB u otras), agua y el adhesivo uso sobre o de cinta algún autoadhesiva flexible producto el para sellar el perímetro revestimiento de la resistente abertura. al agua sobre Se la abertura de debelos la lineamientos del puerta fabricante) creando un cortar (siga fleje que el debe sostenerse forro momentáneamente con cinta adhesiva en la parte superior, la cual se sellará más adelante en el paso 13 (siga las instrucciones del fabricante).

Tru Tru recomienda el sellador “QUAD Max” de la marca OSI, por su f

Estas instrucciones Estas de instrucciones instalación están diseñadas para ayudar a instaladores Prácticas por recomendadas Therma-Tru® moverla. Use técnicas de levantamiento seguras y pida a un asis con la instalación para evitar correcta. instalación facilitar una lesiones personales y daños al m Lea todas las instruccion y/o y/o el estado. Siempre verifique si es necesario algún ensamble área. su de código el según especial adherencia y durabilidad a construcción), largo pistola para sellador, plazo escalera, barra de en palanca pequeña, diversas martillo, de lentes aplicaciones seguridad, guantes, navaja utilitaria, pistola de eléctrico clavos, ti o pistola de tornillos, compuestas o dos de madera, espátulas desarmadores para masilla (una (uno rígida y Phillip otra flexible), grado exteriortornillos número de #8 x 2- solera rígida, espuma de poliuretano recomienda de “QUAD Foam” baja de expansión la marca para OSI ven ya disponible que s con una pistola de aplicar aplicación espuma, limpiador profesional para espuma y y se una bandeja puede es necesaria. si exterior uso para rígida de T La unidad de la puerta es grande, pesado y puede ser incómodo a Herramientas Herramientas y materiales necesarios para la instalación: componentes e instalaciones especiales. Siempre consulte los el re sistema certificado y los dichas para dibujosWeb sitio nuestro en de producto de instrucciónaprobación la para de ensamble Los códigos de construcción pueden variar según la jurisdicción 2 pies, escuadra, al menos 20 pies de sellador a hilo base de o polímero híbrido de cordel alta calidad, y sellador chinchetade elastómero o poliuretano (Therma- Instrucciones Instrucciones de instalación Vidrieras con Ventilación con Laterales Puertas para Sistemas de propietario. al instrucciones estas Entregue Los sistemas de puertas Therma-Tru® certificados y los sistemas Therma-Tru® que requieren aplicaciones aprobación de producto en (especialmente zonas costeras) posiblemente necesiten ensamble Constructor, subcontratista o proveedor: subcontratista Constructor, constructores y remodeladores profesionales para mantener el agua fuera de la la de fuera agua el para mantener profesionales remodeladores y constructores casa. Le recomendamos que si alguno de los pasos no es lo sufic de puertas que ya cuentan con conocimiento previo de carpinterí de previo conocimiento con cuentan ya que puertas de herramientas eléctricas de una manera adecuada y segura. estas El instrucciones propósito es de mostrar la manera de mediante Therma-Tru el uso de instalar métodos y materiales que un ayuden a prevenir sistema filtraciones de agua hacia el interior de la casa. Seguir éstas manera adecuada alargará la vida útil del producto relacionados y con filtracionesreduciráde agua de lluvia. l Estos métodos estan “comprobados” y se utilizan frecuentemente claro, no lo omita, llame al 1-800-THERMA-TRUduda. y Si pida que aun le así aclaren su el profesional para lainstalación. procedimiento no está claro, por favor busq SITE 1 Installation Pre-Hung VentingPre-Hung Unit Installation 1.16

uno ntl u kt e eetmet d slr ifro, o c No inferior, solera de inferiorde de lapuerta. lasolera revestimiento de kit un instale Cuando exc en calafateo solera. la de de revestimiento del efectividad la masillaafectar de Aplicar inferior solera. interior la borde de del revestimiento largo lo a calafateo de masilla lo largo de las uniones y para evitar la filtración de aire, ex Paraobtener protección adicional, esparza un cordón demasilla pieza las suficiente para asegurar juntas una buena adhesión. mantenga y posición en central(es) sección(es) solera. la de revestimiento del piezas las de traslape de áreas incluid (ya PVC cemento de generosacantidad una aplique Luego, abertura. cordones de masilla de calafateo y presione firmemente contra e l de revestimiento del izquierdo e derecho extremos los Coloque Paso 3A: Instalación con kit de revestimiento de solera inferio Paso 3:Aplicación de masilla de calafateo en el suelo. Paso 2, cont.:Revisión y preparación de la abertura.

planos. problema en este momento. ambos verificar para mismo sí sobre se cordel el y Voltee corregir. plano” debe de “fuera está abertura la contrario, lo cordelesdebense tocarsuavemente enel centro, de exterior de lado (del la abertura la puerta), diagonalmente cruce que cordel un Coloque prueba? la realizar ¿Cómo como se muestra la Revíselo realizando plano. una prueba con de un cordel. mismo el perímetro en están el deben en abertura enmarcan la que figura. paredes Las Los * de aire y fugas agua. sufren puertas las que las por comunes más calafateo de masilla de suelo. completo al aplique lo cuando tubo un Use Therma-Tru recomienda OSI QUAD MAX. elastómero o poliuretano de alta calidad; únicamente Use abertura. cordones hasta alcanzar el ancho total de la calafateo en el suelo de la abertura. Extienda los Coloque 3 cordones gruesos de masilla de l sao fea e ln” s n e a razones las de una es plano” de “fuera estado El

sellador híbrido de polímero, Resuelva cualquier cualquier Resuelva tienda un cordón de alafatee la parte parte la alafatee Coloque la(s) la(s) Coloque de calafateo a a calafateo de l costado de la a soleraen los las piezas del del piezas las . r e tiempo el s eso puede puede eso o) en las las en o)

2020 Paso 3C: Calafateo de la parte posterior de abertura.la Nota: inferi solera de revestimiento kitde sin Instalación 3B: Paso No Paso Nivele5: y asegure el haz vertical del lado de la bisagra No atornille en la abertura. proporcionados. tornillos los con Instale at No lugar. 3 pulgadas. su Si se instala con el sistema de sujeción oculto en sum temporalmente unidad completamente en este momento. Use tornillos la para exteriores de asegurar para marcos pretcentralorificioubicacióndella entornillos losInstale sujeción de sistema el utiliza avellanar. no us Si si tornillos los de cabezas las ocultar puede jambas. proporcionado, ambas en las de ubicaciones bisagras las entre cm 0.32 de diámetro de agujeros taladre también Paso Coloque4: la unidad en la abertura y fije temporalmente. unión de la extensión y la solera.

apriete los tornillos en este momento. i s ua xesó d l slr, piu msla e calafate de masilla aplique solera, la de extensión una usa si tornillos proporcionados. proporcionados. tornillos los suministrado,conInstale oculto sujeción poste (s) del lado del cada a Mull.cabecera, la en marco Si se instaladel través a tornillo un inserte e Pre-taladre con el sistema de sentidos: de dos en derecha a izquierda y del interior bisagras al exterior. con entrepaño lado el nivele del pies 6 de nivel un Con la solera con el marco de la puerta, y y puerta, la de entre el marco y la abertura. marco el con solera la de uniones las de largo lo a masilla calafateo de de puerta. cordones la coloque de También inferior superficie la ancho de y largo lo a calafateo de de masilla gruesos pueda la cordones de se Aplique inferior misma. que superficie manera la calafatear de caras, las Apoyelapuerta sobre su bordeo una de

opets Therma-Tru, compuestos de puerta de marco de sistemas los Para tornillos. cm los colocar para ubicaciones 0.32 estas en su diámetro de marque orificios y Pretaladre marco. el en posición bisagras las de ubicación la presente Tenga de la abertura. masilla hacia de inclínelo luego calafateo, cordones los en o inferior solera la y en puerta la de unidad inferior borde el la coloque centre abertura, la de aléjelo inclinado, superior borde el Con unidad. la Levante

recomienda alta calidad. Therma-Tru elastómero o poliuretano de sellador híbrido de polímero, de la unidad de la puerta. Use alrededor de todo el perímetro posterior de la abertura de 1.27 a 1.59 cm en la parte Aplique un cordón de sellador ¡Importante! OSI QUADMAX. aladrado de ambosaladradode

a una broca para para broca una a inistrado, inistrado, r or. .

#8 X 2-1/2 ó SITE 1

o en la la en o ornille ornille oculto oculto

Installation

nstala 1.17 . . tal on la parte cubiertapara almohadillasde Cuando instale una puerta de estilo estilo de puerta una instale Cuando laterales vidrieras con francés temporales cuñas coloque activas, sobre el centro del bastidor los entre superior, delantero ataque. de placa la de tornillos Pre-taladre e largos a través del bastidor, inserte hasta tornillos la viga temporales. y retire las calzas Aplique Aplique sellador (sellador híbrido de o elastómero polímero, de poliuretano entre unión la en alta calidad; MAX.) Therma-Tru recomienda QUAD OSI la cubierta de umbral ajustable y puerta. la de marco el Retire el papel autoadhesivoalmohadillas de sellado de para esquinas las en o puerta la de marco al aplíquelas y Su Su puerta tiene ajustables. cubiertas para umbral correctamente, deben quedar apretadas y Cuando debe ser ligeramente billete de un se dólar por debajo de la difícil puerta jalar y de las un vidrieras laterales cuando ajustan están bien cerradas. Se debe rasgarlo. sin dólar un de poder billete retirar el Retire los sujetadores para transporte.que la Verifique puerta y las vidrierascorrectamente. laterales funcionen Haga los ajustes necesarios. Con las los instale e diámetro de cm 0,32 de guía orificios vidrieras laterales tornillos para bisagra largos en las ubicaciones de abiertas, las bisagras más cercanas al taladre empaque. Realice el bisagras. las todas con procedimiento mismo Esta Esta verificación se ubicaciones de debe tornillos ajustables de cada cubierta realizar en para umbralactivo. todas las Después de asegúrese de ajustar que el empaque la con (burlete) la parte está cubierta superior al de ras necesario. la si es Corte cubierta para para umbral. umbral,

Paso 10: Ajuste el alféizar. esquinas: para sellado de almohadillas las Instale 11: Paso adentro. hacia abren se que unidades para Sólo la viga vertical, alineando superior de forma de pareja la la correctamente, parte cubierta la inferior lengüeta para c se inferior. la en umbral.estrecha encontrará en Cuando la la parte superior almohadilla y la que ancho mismo la se el tiene almohadilla la de inferior parte La parte i Las instalación. la durante alineación la facilitar para umbral abertura. cada de lados ambos en instalarse deben esquinas las Paso 8: (Puerta estilo francés) Calza temporal en el marco fron marco el en temporal Calza francés) estilo 8: (Puerta Paso superior. puerta. la abra y transporte para sujetador el 9: Retire Paso

2020

es activas, activas, es ra ra uniforme Pre-Hung Venting Unit Installation Unit Pre-Hung Venting para que el rradura. Pase era lateral en la ontante, en cada pasiva. Para

los tornillos.

vigas las sobre calzas Coloque cerradura. la de lado del verticales Vuelva a revisar que el empaque siga teniendo un contacto parejo puerta. la de marco el con Termine de apretar el tornillo. viga la sobre calzas Coloque las de lado de frontal vertical pies, 6 de nivel un Con bisagras. vuelva a revisar la viga vertical está que de asegurarse para frontal apretar de Termine recta. y nivelada el tornillo.

Ajuste la viga vertical central del lado de la la de lado del central vertical viga la Ajuste haga empaque el que manera de cerradura forma de puerta la de marco el con contacto y medio en arriba, de parte la en pareja abajo. Debe haber un claro de 0,95 a 1,27 cm cuando lapuerta esté completamente a tornillo un insertar e Pre-taladrar cerrada. lado a cada cabezal, el en marco del través cerradura la de Mull de poste del

completamente los completamente el tornillo en este momento. momento. este en tornillo el completamente Cuando instale unapuerta estilo francés con vidrieras lateral Paso 7: Ajuste de los marcos laterales. Ajuste el marco de la vidrieracon parejo el marco un tenga contacto del lado de empaque la ce lateral del lado de m el hasta bisagras con lado del marco del a través las un tornillo bisagras restantes. bisagras las de ubicación Para los sistemas de Therma-Tru, marco compuestos puerta de también Coloque tornillos entre las ubicaciones de las como bisagras se diagrama. y muestra en No jamba, apriete la y los momento. este en tornillos abertura la Cuña por de encima los tornillos entre realice ajustes de manera que el margen entre la vidriera lateral y el entrepaño sea uniforme desde la parte inferior. superior Este margen a debe ser ligeramente la más parte grande que margen de el la puerta. Vuelva a revisar el marco lateral de para las asegurarse bisagras de de que el la empaquevidriera haga apretar de contacto Termine inferior. departe a la superior mane parte la desde Repita el paso anterior en el marco de las de bisagras la vidri viga del lado de la cerradura de la puerta. primero coloque la viga de lado de las bisagras para la puerta puerta la para bisagras las de lado de viga la coloque primero astrágalo, el instalar para agujeros los localizar cómo de acerca detalle mayor mismo. del paquete el en instrucciones a las refiérase cerradura. la de lado del vertical listón del 6: Ajuste Paso No apriete lateral. frontal vertical viga la y fije Nivele Paso 5, cont.: Nota: SITE 1 Installation Pre-Hung VentingPre-Hung Unit Installation 1.18 lr qe ud qea ete a brua l uia d l puer la el prevenir de en unidad la y aislar, abertura para la entre espuma quedar pueda puerta, que claro y ventana expansión, pequeña una Utilice con masilla A para exteriores. exterior. supe la de para ras al estén utilizados tornillos tornillos o clavos los todos utilice entonces Tormenta de Puertas Coloqueclavosgalvanizados enelperímetroabertura. lade Si unidad para prevenirfiltración de aire y agua. tod y unidad la a sujeta queestructura la de uniones las Selle las uniones entreel marcoy las molduras. delamoldura hasta el material detapajuntas loso revestimien los y bordes los Pinte exteriores. para puerta. la de expuestos pintura secar use exterior deje al y dansuperficies quelas bien aplicación. En su instruccionespara fabricante lasdel calidad alta de Enjuagueacrílico látex de pintura Use pintar. trisódico). de antes lo remueva (fosfato y vidrios los accesorios, los Proteja TSP completamente. de solución puertas: pintar Para Smooth-Star®: puerta para Módulos acabados bajo la luz solar directa. Trabaje sólo en áreas bien humedadapliqueNola 90F)32.2ºC relativa y (50F menor85%. y y sea a ent encuentren se ambiental temperaturas la cuando sólo Trabaje Instrucciones para el acabado: instalación. de menores yajustes problemas de solución de vídeo nuestro ver mismo el en Teñido y“Acabado instrucciones deinstalación, de Websitionuestro Ingrese a El mantenimiento debeser más frecuente en climas más rigurosos vuelva se superficie la cuando hágalo transparentes, capas las pr se o tan brillante pintura la de acabadoscaso el En evidente. sea ydeterioro selladores los reemplace y/o mantenimiento Dé la a expuestas mejor funcionamiento. quedar puedan que mancha y una capa superior antes madera de las dos semanas de su insta de aplicarsel debe superficies les sepuerta, la de marco elintemperie,como las todas A a todas las demás superficies. re misma la conpuertas las de bordeslos todos mantenimientoa dar inspeccionarsey Deben puerta. la de lados 6 los teñirse o pintarse Debe después de pintar o teñir la puerta. pinteThe de ni acabado de instrucciones las tiñacon acuerdo de tiña o Pinte el empaque, debela garantía. quitarse de fibra de Therma-Tru® puertas lasdentro los de6 meses ya partir deinstalaciónla para todas una adecu volverse a acabado dar debe Se a colocar en Therma-Tru recomienda OSI QUAD FOAM. mantenimiento. Paso 12: Instalación robusta condicionesa ambientales. Acabad Calafatee alrededor de todo de alrededor Calafatee

filtracion de aire y agua y reducir la transferencia de calor

primero limpie con detergente suave y agua o una una o agua y suave detergente con limpie primero

www.thermatru.com el lado exterior de la unidad, sellando a lo largo largo lo a sellando unidad, la de exterior lado el barrera resistente al agua (WRB). la de lengüeta la de superior parte la en que haya daños. Coloque la cinta adhesiva esto evitará que el agua entre al inmueble o proteger superficies en la parte superior, Aplique cinta autoadhesiva flexible para

para acceder a los manualeslos a accederpara para casas y siga y casas para rficie y cúbralos y rficie ada cobertura de de cobertura ada mibrillante y de mibrillantey tos ytos selle todas a la orilla de la la de orilla la a opaca o áspera. o opaca lador, pintura o pintura lador, está instalando instalando está rma-Tru®. No No rma-Tru®. lación para un un para lación gularidad que gularidad ventiladas. ventiladas. . u posición su s empaques empaques s a a i de fin a ta, día” y para y día” segure que que segure

extremos o y re 10ºCre onto el el onto . vidrio vidrio

2020 Tru Same- la siguiente capa. Consulte las instrucciones del color que desea. Deje secar el tinte durante al menos 6 horas ob que hasta necesario sea que veces las tinte, el sobre limpio tiempo deje el tinte antes de limpiarlo, más oscuro será el col Therma-Tru Same- productos de capas transparentes que se encuentran en el ti de uso el recomendamos sólo teñidas, previamente superficies trisódico). Enjuague bien y deje secar completamente.En el cas primero limpie con detergente suave y agua o una solución de TS Para teñir componentes demarco de puerta compuesto Therma-Tru: exterio para pintura use bordes y los extremos exterior expuestos de la puerta. al dan que superficies las En para fabricante del instrucciones las siga y casas para calidad ac látex de pintura Use pintar. de antes empaques los remueva y TS de completamente.l Protejasecardeje y solución Enjuaguebientrisódico). una o agua y suave detergente con limpie primero uefce peimne eia, óo eoedms l s d ti de uso el en el encuentran cas se que recomendamos eltransparentes capas de sólo En productos completamente. teñidas, secar previamente deje superficies y bien Enjuague trisódico). soluciónde una o detergenteagua yunsuave con puerta lalave sec deje y mineralaguarrás y limpio paño un con limpieprimero Para teñir puertas: par exteriores para acabados al mediop ambiente. Use la de extremos los y compatibles. bordes los Pinte exteriores. sean superficies s pintura base la pintura siguie y casas la para que látex Deje pintura aplicación.Asegúresequesuinstrucciones fabricante para del con acrílica. pinte o luego, alquídica completamente, resina de base u Aplique completamente. secar deje TS y de bien Enjuague solución trisódico). una o agua y suave detergente con limpie primero Para pintar puertas: ve de pintura para exteriores (vea limpiador abajo.) un con dan residuos superficiesque las En vidrio.el Proteja los mineral.aguarrás Retire un grados. en 45 navaja la de de ángulo cuchilla la sosteniendo sellador el Remueva marco. del agua. Use una navaja de un solo filo para remover sellador alo limpiador rociando sellador de exceso cualquier retire Primero Para dar acabado losa marcos de los vidrios y a accesorios par aa itr opnne d mro e ura opet Therma-Tru compuesto puerta de marco de componentes pintar Para Puertas Fiber-Classic®: fabrica del instrucciones las siga pintura use exterior al dan yque superficies las En aplicación. casas para calidad alta de la secar DejeUseaplicarpinturacapaspintura deantesdedellas acabado. vidrios. los de marcos los a acrílica o alquídica dejesecarcompletamente. Cubrael vidrio.Aplique pinturauna Enjua TSP. desolución una use o agua y detergentesuave un con marco el Limpie mineral.aguarrás o ventanas de limpiador grados. un con 45 residuos de ángulo un en navaja la de cuchilla la sosteniendo para remover navaja una Use agua. o ventanas de limpiador rociando sellador vidrios: los sellador de marcos los pintar Para a lo largo del borde del marco.Remueva e Therma-TruSame- antes de aplicar la siguiente capa. Consulte las instrucciones instrucciones las Consulte capa. siguiente la aplicar de antes al durante tinte el secar deje incluye; se que espuma de brocha la con panel del grietas las de tinte de exceso cualquier Retire desea. que color ob que hasta necesario sea que veces las tinte, el sobre limpio co el será oscuro más limpiarlo, de antes tinte el deje tiempo De marco de puerta compuesto Therma-Tru: detallada. acabado

hraTu Same- Therma-Tru Day Stain™ Day Day Stain™. Day Stain™ Day para obtener información más detallada. detallada. más información obtener para

a Stain™ Day . Aplique el tintecon un paño. Mientras más Aplique el tinte con un paño. Mientras más Mientras paño. un con tinte el Aplique Primero retire cualquier exceso de de exceso cualquier retire Primero Issued 6/19 Part# MSDRIST-VS para obtener información más más información obtener para

kit para acabado kit para acabado kit para acabado para kit para exteriores. exteriores. para or. Pase un paño paño un Pase or. lor.Paseun paño tenga el tono de tono el tenga antes de aplicar aplicar de antes tenga el tono de tono el tenga de látexdeacrílico largo del borde uerta expuestosuerta al exterior use use exterior al menos 6 horas 6 menos su aplicación.su o de de o la pintura base base pintura la ntes yntes de un solo filo os accesorios, accesorios, os base de resina resina de base de ventanas o o ventanas de e. it los Pinte res. pintura base base pintura TSP (fosfato (fosfato TSP P (fosfato (fosfato P del del SITE 1 rílico de alta alta de rílico

t pr su para nte a paneles: paneles: a Therma- ar al aire o o aire al ar Retire los los Retire gue bien y bien gue na pintura pintura na P (fosfato P P (fosfato P l sellador sellador l kit para para kit tns o ntanas ndo las las ndo ts y ntes las a o de de o

eque

:

Installation 1.19 20° 11 9/32 11 45° 13 7/8 13 70° 14 3/4 14 15 15/16 15 45° 11 9/32 11 SUPPORT FRAME CONSTRUCTION FRAME SUPPORT Arch Top Head Jambs Head Arch Top 5 1/32 5 2 Radius Top Head JambsRadius Head Top

2 jamb as shown below jamb Build support framing at top for radius/arched top head head top for radius/arched top at support framing Build

2020

l

a

u

q l E a Equ size now size Wall straight? Wall Compare Diagonals Compare Pre-Hung Arch/Radius Installation Unit frame frame and plus½” height Installation Instructions Installation e? e? square. framing a with corners all Check Pre-hung Rustic Arch/Radius Arch/Radius Rustic Pre-hung

under sill under Check floor floor Check CHECK AND PREPARE OPENING PREPARE AND CHECK Wall straight? Wall shimming, caulk under shims. under caulk shimming, Scrape, sand, or fill as required. sand, or fill Scrape, before installation. Opening should be Opening installation. before There must be no “warps” or “jogs”. Fix any problems now. problems Fix any or “jogs”. no “warps” be must There surface so the sill may be caulked and sealed to the opening. opening. the to sealed and caulked be may sill so the surface sides of opening, both ways. Fix any problems now. ways. problems Fix any both sides of opening, problems now. problems Double-check by comparing diagonal measurements. Fix any Fix any measurements. diagonal by comparing Double-check frame width plus ½” to 1”. to plus ½” width frame Is opening squar Is opening Shim subfloor for floor covering clearance if required. If required. if clearance covering for floor subfloor Shim Are the wall surfaces around the opening on the same plane? plane? same on the opening the around surfaces wall Are the Is subfloor level and solid? Provide a flat, level clean bearing bearing clean level flat, a Provide solid? and Is subfloor level Are framing and walls plumb? Use a 6-foot level and check both both check and level Use 6-foot a plumb? walls and Are framing Is opening correct size? Check it against door frame door frame against it Check size? correct Is opening four corners four corners square with Check all all Check both ways both Check Check side each 1 1 SITE 1 • • • • • • Installation Pre-Hung Arch/Radius Unit Installation Arch/Radius Pre-Hung • • • • • • • 1.20 3 insure warranty coverage. Top ofdoormust be sealed with paint orstain Topcoat.AND Ifnot finished the doorwarranty isVOID! Improper shimming WILL affect Note: the operation ofthe doorunit. Proper installation Go throughGo another opening side toonswing ofdoor work Leave doorfastened closed with transport clip Shim at the indicated areas in the figure; Shim behind each hinge, Secure hinge jamb from the other side ofthe door. Set nails or Recheck hinge jamb with a 6-foot level to ensure it isplumb and Adjust frame the so frame face isflushwith doorface all around Due to varyi the miter ofthe brick moulding where the radius/arch pieceofthe head meets the straight leg ofthe side. This isexpected and shim at the angled framing members at the top, and shim side should be caulked prior to painting. areas asshown finish driving directly screws below shims straight OF THEFRAME SHIM BEHINDJAMBS, THEN ADJUST THEREST

sions ofmouldings,sions there may be a gap at ng dimen Pre-hungRustic Arch/Radius is necessary to InstallationInstructions Shim locations (10 per door) 2020 i ma- u Cor ati . n io t ra o rp o C ru -T a rm e h T 1 1 0 2 t h rig y p o C © ma- u Door s an oper ng company of For ands, I 20 /2 3 . c In , s d n ra B e n u rt o F f o y n a p m o c g in t ra e p o n a is rs o o D ru -T a rm e h T t#: MSDRARRADI . C4/23/2018 V. E R 5 6 T IS D A R R A R D S M : # rt a P Special Instructions For Radius Top ForSpecial Head Radius Jambs: Instructions

3 4 For Both Radius TopFor Head Radius Jambs: Both • • • SCREWINSTALLATION • • Shims are required at all screwlocations to control #10x2”screws Use wood the final shape ofthe radius and to allow forthe correct margins around the door. Install in screws the below. order shown Position all in screws the location below. shown #10x2”screws Use wood The must screws be positioned such that the weather-strip hides the screwheads. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov WARNING: CancerandReproductive Harm 1 4 For CaliforniaResidentsonly 3 Screw Position 5 2 SITE 1 1 1 Installation

1.21 Screws Strike Astragal Pad (2) Water Cup (2) Water (5) #8 x 2-1/2” Sill Seal 419-891-7400 Maumee, Ohio 43537 Screws Screws Sill Strike (4) #8 x 5/8” 1750 Indian Wood Circle Head Strike (2) #8 x 1-1/4” Standard Inswing Shootbolt Pack Contents: Inswing Shootbolt Standard Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru © 2013 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru © 2013

Standard Shootbolt Inswing 2020 P/N: MPLSSTDIS MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions installation. Inswing Shootbolt Standard Standard Read all instructions before starting.

Installation Instructions The hardware pack contains all the necessary hardware and fasteners needed to complete this hardware and fasteners needed to complete MPLS Strike MPLS Rev. A 10/1/14 A Rev. SITE 1 Installation Standard Inswing Shootbolt Standard Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.22 Fasten with(3)#8x2-1/2”screws.SeeFigure1. the astragal. Insert astragalstrikeintothemachinedpocketon IN THESHOP: the appropriatedepth. All holesshouldbepre-drilledwith1/8”drillto 1

ASTRAGAL STRIKEASSEMBLY. Figure1 2020

(2) #8x5/8”screws.SeeFigure2. Seat headstrikeintomachiningandattachwith Insert cupintoheadstrikemachining. 2a 2 HEAD STRIKEASSEMBLY.

Figure 2 SITE 1 Installation

1.23 Figure 4 Figure 5 HEAD STRIKE ASSEMBLY. SILL STRIKE ASSEMBLY. 2 1 For added strength and security, remove the screws from remove the screws For added strength and security, screws. the sill strike and replace with (2) #8 x 1-1/4” See Figure 5. AT THE SITE: Remove the screws from the head strike and replace with Remove the screws from (2) #8 x 2-1/2” screws. Therma-Tru shown in the Use temporary shims as See Figure 4. Installation Instructions.

Standard Shootbolt Inswing 2020 MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions Figure 3 SILL STRIKE ASSEMBLY. SILL STRIKE

Ship all remaining parts with unit for Site Installation purposes. 3 2a Insert cup into sill strike machining. Insert cup into sill strike the top of the cup, aligning it with Place sill seal pad over the sill. Seat the sill strike in the the machined pocket on the sill seal pad. sill machining on top of screws. See Figure 3. Attach with (2) #8 x 5/8” SITE 1 Installation Impact InswingImpact Shootbolt Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.24 Rev. A 10/1/14 MPLS Strike hardware andfastenersneededtocompletethis

The hardwarepackcontainsallthenecessary Instructions Installation Read allinstructionsbeforestarting. Shootbolt Inswing Impact installation. P/N: MPLSIMPIS 2020

© 2013 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru is aregisteredtrademarkof Therma-Tru Corp. Impact InswingShootboltPackContents: (2) #8x1-1/4” Head Strike 1750 IndianWoodCircle (5) #8x5/8” Sill Strike Screws Screws Maumee, Ohio43537

419-891-7400 Sill Seal (6) #8x2-1/2” (2) Water Cup Pad Astragal Strike Screws SITE 1 Installation

1.25 Figure 2 HEAD STRIKE ASSEMBLY. HEAD STRIKE 2 2a Insert cup into head strike machining. Insert cup into head strike strike machining and attach with Seat head strike into head Figure 2. (3) #8 x 5/8” screws. See Impact Inswing Shootbolt Impact Inswing

2020 MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions Figure 1

ASTRAGAL STRIKE ASSEMBLY. ASTRAGAL STRIKE

1 IN THE SHOP: the machined pocket on Insert astragal strike into the astragal. screws. See Figure 1. Fasten with (3) #8 x 2-1/2” All holes should be pre-drilled with 1/8” drill to be pre-drilled with All holes should the appropriate depth. SITE 1 Installation Impact InswingImpact Shootbolt Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.26 Attach with(2)#8x5/8”screws.SeeFigure3. sill machiningontopofthesealpad. the machinedpocketonsill.Seatsillstrikein Place sillsealpadoverthetopofcup,aligningitwith Insert cupintosillstrikemachining. 2a 3 Site Installationpurposes. Ship allremainingpartswithunitfor

SILL STRIKEASSEMBLY. Figure 3 2020

Installation Instructions.SeeFigure4. Use temporaryshimsasshowninthe Therma-Tru (3) #8x2-1/2”screws. Remove thescrewsfromheadstrikeandreplacewith AT THESITE: See Figure5. the sillstrikeandreplacewith(2)#8x1-1/4”screws. For addedstrengthandsecurity, removethescrewsfrom 1 2 SILL STRIKEASSEMBLY. HEAD STRIKEASSEMBLY.

Figure 5 Figure 4 SITE 1 Installation

1.27 Strike Screws Astragal Sill Seal Pad Sill Water Cup Sill Water Head Water Cup Head Water (5) #8 x 2-1/2” 419-891-7400 Maumee, Ohio 43537 Screws Sill Strike 1750 Indian Wood Circle (4) #8 x 5/8” Head Strike Standard Outswing Shootbolt Pack Contents: Outswing Shootbolt Standard Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru of is a registered trademark Therma-Tru © 2013 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru © 2013

Standard Outswing Shootbolt 2020 P/N: MPLSSTDOS MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions installation. Standard Outswing Shootbolt Read all instructions before starting.

Installation Instructions The hardware pack contains all the necessary hardware and fasteners needed to complete this hardware and fasteners needed to complete MPLS Strike MPLS Rev. A 10/1/14 A Rev. SITE 1 Installation Standard Outswing Shootbolt Outswing Standard Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.28 Fasten with(3)#8x2-1/2”screws.SeeFigure1. the astragal. Insert astragalstrikeintothemachinedpocketon IN THESHOP: the appropriatedepth. All holesshouldbepre-drilledwith1/8”drillto 1

ASTRAGAL STRIKEASSEMBLY. Figure1 2020

(2) #8x5/8”screws.SeeFigure2. Seat headstrikeintomachiningandattachwith Insert cupintoheadstrikemachining. 2a 2 HEAD STRIKEASSEMBLY.

Figure 2 SITE 1 Installation

1.29 Figure 4 HEAD STRIKE ASSEMBLY. 1 AT THE SITE:

Remove the screws from the head strike and replace with Remove the screws from (2) #8 x 2-1/2” screws. Therma-Tru shown in the Use temporary shims as See Figure 4. Installation Instructions. Standard Outswing Shootbolt 2020 MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions Figure 3 SILL STRIKE ASSEMBLY. SILL STRIKE

Ship all remaining parts with unit for Site Installation purposes. 3 2a Place sill seal pad around the bottom lip of the sill cup. Place sill seal pad around Align the sill machining. Insert sill cup into sill strike holes in the sill. strike with the pre-drilled screws. See Figure 3. Attach with (2) #8 x 5/8” SITE 1 Installation Impact Outswing Shootbolt Outswing Impact Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.30 Rev. A 10/1/14 MPLS Strike hardware andfastenersneededtocompletethis The hardwarepackcontainsallthenecessary

Instructions Installation Read allinstructionsbeforestarting. Shootbolt Outswing Impact installation. P/N: MPLSIMPOS 2020 © 2013 Therma-Tru Corp.

Therma-Tru is aregisteredtrademarkof Therma-Tru Corp. Impact OutswingShootboltPackContents: Head Strike (5) #8x5/8” 1750 IndianWoodCircle Sill Strike Screws Maumee, Ohio43537

419-891-7400 (6) #8x2-1/2” Head Water Cup Sill Water Cup Sill SealPad Astragal Screws Strike SITE 1 Installation

1.31 Figure 2 HEAD STRIKE ASSEMBLY. HEAD STRIKE 2 2a Insert cup into head strike machining. Insert cup into head strike strike machining and attach with Seat head strike into head Figure 2. (3) #8 x 5/8” screws. See

Impact Outswing Shootbolt 2020 MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions Figure 1

ASTRAGAL STRIKE ASSEMBLY. ASTRAGAL STRIKE

1 IN THE SHOP: the machined pocket on Insert astragal strike into the astragal. screws. See Figure 1. Fasten with (3) #8 x 2-1/2” All holes should be pre-drilled with 1/8” drill to be pre-drilled with All holes should the appropriate depth. SITE 1 Installation Impact Outswing Shootbolt Outswing Impact Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.32 Attach with(2)#8x5/8”screws.SeeFigure3. strike withthepre-drilledholesinsill. Insert sillcupintostrikemachining. Align thesill Place sillsealpadaroundthebottomlipofcup. 2a 3 Site Installationpurposes. Ship allremainingscrewswithunitfor

SILL STRIKEASSEMBLY. Figure 3 2020 Installation Instructions.SeeFigure4. Use temporaryshimsasshowninthe Therma-Tru (3) #8x2-1/2”screws. Remove thescrewsfromheadstrikeandreplacewith

AT THESITE: 1 HEAD STRIKEASSEMBLY.

Figure 4 SITE 1 Installation

1.33 Screws Screws Strike Astragal (4) #8 x 5/8” (5) #8 x 2-1/2” Head Water Cup Head Water 419-891-7400 Maumee, Ohio 43537 Sill Strike 1750 Indian Wood Circle Head Strike Aluminum Outswing Shootbolt Outswing Shootbolt Aluminum Pack Contents: Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru of is a registered trademark Therma-Tru © 2013 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru © 2013

2020 Aluminum Outswing Shootbolt P/N: MPLSALOS MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions installation. Outswing Shootbolt Read all instructions before starting. Aluminum

Installation Instructions The hardware pack contains all the necessary hardware and fasteners needed to complete this hardware and fasteners needed to complete MPLS Strike MPLS Rev. A 10/1/14 A Rev. SITE 1 Installation Aluminum Outswing Shootbolt Outswing Aluminum Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.34 Fasten with(3)#8x2-1/2”screws.SeeFigure1. the astragal. Insert astragalstrikeintothemachinedpocketon IN THESHOP: the appropriatedepth. All holesshouldbepre-drilledwith1/8”drillto 1

ASTRAGAL STRIKEASSEMBLY. Figure1 2020

(2) #8x5/8”screws.SeeFigure2. Seat headstrikeintomachiningandattachwith Insert cupintoheadstrikemachining. 2a 2 HEAD STRIKEASSEMBLY.

Figure 2 SITE 1 Installation

1.35 Figure 4 HEAD STRIKE ASSEMBLY. 1 AT THE SITE:

Remove the screws from the head strike and replace with Remove the screws from (2) #8 x 2-1/2” screws. Therma-Tru shown in the Use temporary shims as See Figure 4. Installation Instructions. 2020 Aluminum Outswing Shootbolt MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions Figure 3 SILL STRIKE ASSEMBLY. SILL STRIKE

Ship all remaining parts with unit for Site Installation purposes. 3 2a Align the sill strike with the pre-drilled holes in the sill. Align the sill strike with screws. See Figure 3. Attach with (2) #8 x 5/8” SITE 1 Installation Universal Shootbolt Universal Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.36 Rev. A 10/1/14 MPLS Strike hardware andfastenersneededtocompletethis The hardwarepackcontainsallthenecessary

Instructions Installation Read allinstructionsbeforestarting. Shootbolt Universal installation. P/N: MPLSUNIV 2020 © 2013 Therma-Tru Corp.

Therma-Tru is aregisteredtrademarkof Therma-Tru Corp. Universal ShootboltPackContents: Socket StrikeCup Head Strike 1750 IndianWoodCircle Maumee, Ohio43537

419-891-7400 Head Water Cup (5) #8x2-1/2” (2) #8x5/8” Astragal Strike Screws Screws SITE 1 Installation

1.37 Figure 2 Universal Shootbolt HEAD STRIKE ASSEMBLY. HEAD STRIKE 2 2a Ship all remaining parts with unit for Site Installation purposes. Insert cup into head strike machining. Insert cup into head strike strike machining and attach with Seat head strike into head Figure 2. (2) #8 x 5/8” screws. See

2020 MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions Figure 1

ASTRAGAL STRIKE ASSEMBLY. ASTRAGAL STRIKE

1 IN THE SHOP: the machined pocket on Insert astragal strike into the astragal. screws. See Figure 1. Fasten with (3) #8 x 2-1/2” All holes should be pre-drilled with 1/8” drill to be pre-drilled with All holes should the appropriate depth. SITE 1 Installation Universal Shootbolt Universal Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.38

Insert thesocketstrikecupintohole.SeeFigure4. shootbolt asaguide.Drill9/16”holethroughthesill. Mark theholelocationinsillusingtipof Installation Instructions.SeeFigure3. Use temporaryshimsasshowninthe Therma-Tru (2) #8x2-1/2”screws. Remove thescrewsfromheadstrikeandreplacewith AT THESITE: 2 1 STRIKE CUPASSEMBLY. HEAD STRIKEASSEMBLY. 2020 Figure 3 Figure 4

SITE 1 Installation

1.39 Latch Strike Screws (4) Dust Cap (7) #8 x 5/8” Lip Tongue Lip 419-891-7400 Screws Maumee, Ohio 43537 (7) #8 x 2-1/2” 1750 Indian Wood Circle (2) Lip Strike Lip Tongue Pack Contents: Tongue Lip Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru of is a registered trademark Therma-Tru

© 2013 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru © 2013 2020 P/N: MPLSLT MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions installation.

Read all instructions before starting. Lip Tongue Installation Instructions The hardware pack contains all the necessary hardware and fasteners needed to complete this hardware and fasteners needed to complete MPLS Strike MPLS Rev. A 10/1/14 A Rev. SITE 1 Installation Lip Tongue Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.40 with (3)#8x5/8”screwsforajamb.SeeFigure1a. Fasten with(3)#8x2-1/2”screwsfora Seat latchstrikeintothemachinedpocket. latch strikemachining. Insert (2)dustcoversintothemachinedpocketsin IN THESHOP: the appropriatedepth. All holesshouldbepre-drilledwith1/8”drillto 1a

Figure 1a-Jamb LATCH STRIKEASSEMBLY. STANDARD MULLIONANDJAMB Figure 1a-Mullion mullion or 2020

screws foraspread mullion.SeeFigure1b. Fasten with(2)#8x2-1/2”screwsand(1)#85/8” Seat latchstrikeintothemachinedpocket. latch strikemachining. Insert (2)dustcoversintothemachinedpocketsin 1b LATCH STRIKEASSEMBLY. SPREAD MULLION

Figure 1b-SpreadMullion SITE 1 Installation

1.41 Lip Tongue Lip Figure 3 Figure 4 LIP TONGUE ASSEMBLY. 1

AT THE SITE: If the multi-point strike is installed in the jamb, remove the If the multi-point strike and replace with #8 x 2-1/2” screws from each strike screws. Installation Instructions. Therma-Tru Shims as shown in the See Figure 3 and 4. 2020 MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions Figure 2 - Jamb Figure 2 - Mullion and Spread Mullion TONGUE STRIKE ASSEMBLY. TONGUE

2 2a Ship all remaining parts with unit for Site Installation purposes. Insert dust cover into the machined pocket for the tongue Insert dust cover into the strike. machining. Seat tongue strike into screws for a mullion or Fasten with (2) #8 x 2-1/2” screws for a mullion. Fasten with (2) #8 x 5/8” spread jamb. See Figure 2. strike. Repeat for other tongue SITE 1 Installation Captured Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.42 Rev. A 10/1/14 MPLS Strike hardware andfastenersneededtocompletethis The hardwarepackcontainsallthenecessary

Instructions Installation Read allinstructionsbeforestarting. Captured Tongue installation. P/N: MPLSCPT 2020 © 2013 Therma-Tru Corp.

Therma-Tru is aregisteredtrademarkof Therma-Tru Corp. Captured Tongue PackContents: (2) CapturedStrike 1750 IndianWoodCircle (7) #8x2-1/2” Maumee, Ohio43537

Screws 419-891-7400 (7) #8x5/8” (4) DustCap Screws Strike Latch SITE 1 Installation

1.43 Captured Figure 1b - Spread Mullion SPREAD MULLION SPREAD LATCH STRIKE ASSEMBLY. 1b Insert (2) dust covers into the machined pockets in the Insert (2) dust covers into latch strike machining. machined pocket. Seat latch strike into the screws and (1) # 8 x 5/8” Fasten with (2) #8 x 2-1/2” mullion. See Figure 1b. screws for a spread

2020 MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions mullion or Figure 1a - Mullion STANDARD MULLION AND JAMB STANDARD MULLION LATCH STRIKE ASSEMBLY.

Figure 1a - Jamb 1a with (3) # 8 x 5/8” screws for a jamb. See Figure 1a. IN THE SHOP: the machined pockets in the Insert (2) dust covers into latch strike machining. machined pocket. Seat latch strike into the screws for a Fasten with (3) #8 x 2-1/2” All holes should be pre-drilled with 1/8” drill to be pre-drilled with All holes should the appropriate depth. SITE 1 Installation Captured Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.44 Site Installationpurposes. Ship allremainingpartswithunitfor Repeat forothertonguestrike. jamb. SeeFigure2. spread mullion.Fastenwith(2)#8x5/8”screwsfora Fasten with(2)#8x2-1/2”screwsforamullionor Seat tonguestrikeintomachining. strike. Insert dustcoverintothemachinedpocketfortongue 2a 2

TONGUE STRIKEASSEMBLY. Figure 2-MullionandSpread Figure 2-Jamb 2020 See Figure3and4. Shim asshowninthe Therma-Tru InstallationInstructions. screws. screws fromeachstrikeandreplacewith#8x2-1/2” If themulti-pointstrikeisinstalledinjamb,remove

AT THESITE: 1 CAPTURED TONGUEASSEMBLY.

Figure 4 Figure 3 SITE 1 Installation

1.45 Screws Dust Cap Grip Style (7) #8 x 5/8” (1) Latch Strike (1) Latch Strike 419-891-7400 Screws Maumee, Ohio 43537 1750 Indian Wood Circle (7) #8 x 2-1/2” with Dust Cap (2) Captured Strike Grip Style MPLS Pack Contents: Grip Style Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru of is a registered trademark Therma-Tru © 2017 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru © 2017

2020 P/N: MPGSGTCSINST MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions installation. Read all instructions before starting. Grip Style Grip Style

Installation Instructions The hardware pack contains all the necessary hardware and fasteners needed to complete this hardware and fasteners needed to complete MPLS Strike MPLS Rev. A 3/6/17 A Rev. SITE 1 Installation Grip Style Grip Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.46 with (3)#8x5/8”screwsforajamb.SeeFigure1a. Fasten with(3)#8x2-1/2”screwsfora Seat latchstrikeintothemachinedpocket. latch strikemachining. Insert dustcoverintothemachinedpocketsin IN THESHOP: the appropriatedepth. All holesshouldbepre-drilledwith1/8”drillto 1a

Figure 1a-Jamb LATCH STRIKEASSEMBLY. STANDARD MULLIONANDJAMB Figure 1a-Mullion mullion or 2020

screws foraspread mullion.SeeFigure1b. Fasten with(2)#8x2-1/2”screwsand(1)#85/8” Seat latchstrikeintothemachinedpocket. latch strikemachining. Insert dustcoverintothemachinedpocketsin 1b LATCH STRIKEASSEMBLY. SPREAD MULLION

Figure 1b-SpreadMullion SITE 1 Installation

1.47 Grip Style Figure 3 Figure 4 CAPTURED TONGUE ASSEMBLY. CAPTURED TONGUE 1 AT THE SITE:

If the multi-point strike is installed in the jamb, remove the If the multi-point strike and replace with #8 x 2-1/2” screws from each strike screws. Installation Instructions. Therma-Tru Shim as shown in the See Figure 3 and 4. 2020 MPLS Strike Installation Instructions Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions Figure 2 - Jamb Figure 2 - Mullion and Spread Mullion TONGUE STRIKE ASSEMBLY. TONGUE

2 2a Ship all remaining parts with unit for Site Installation purposes. Seat tongue strike into machining, ensuring that the roller Seat tongue strike into (pushing toward the is closest to the jamb edge weatherstrip). screws for a mullion or Fasten with (2) #8 x 2-1/2” screws for a mullion. Fasten with (2) #8 x 5/8” spread jamb. See Figure 2. strike. Repeat for other tongue SITE 1 Installation Vented Sidelites Instructions MPLS Installation Strike 1.48 Rev. A 10/1/14 MPLS Strike hardware andfastenersneededtocompletethis

The hardwarepackcontainsallthenecessary Instructions Installation Read allinstructionsbeforestarting. Sidelite Vented installation. P/N: MPLSVSL 2020

© 2013 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru is aregisteredtrademarkof Therma-Tru Corp. Vented SidelitePackContents: 1750 IndianWoodCircle Maumee, Ohio43537

419-891-7400 (6) CapturedStrike (12) #8x1-1/4” Screws SITE 1 Installation

1.49 Vented Sidelites Vented

2020 Figure 2 MPLS Strike InstallationMPLS Instructions STRIKE ASSEMBLY. 1 2a IN THE SHOP: machined pocket. Seat latch strike into the screws. Fasten with (2) #8 x 1-1/4” Repeat for other strike.

SITE 1 Installation Quick Tip Sheet &Instructions LockMulti-Point -Lever Style 1.50

by stylebutapplicationisthesame. Note: Handlesandbackplatesvary polished asneeded. Plates areSolidBrassandcanbe protective coating.BrassStrike cleaner asitwillremovethe Use watertoclean.Donotusebrass to openthedoor. multipoint toclosedoor. Pushdown operate thedoor. Lifttoengage the enclosedconstructionhandleto while intheconstructionphase,use To preventdamagetothehandleset provided inthehardwarepackage A Hexwrenchforsetscrewsis A Phillipsscrewdriverisrequired. Swing DoorHandleSetInstallation Instructions Position forSet Lever Handle Required Shaft Exterior Screw 2” PhillipsHead (One Provided) Cylinder Screw Mishandling Device

Backplate Exterior

Gasket

2020 7. Tighten thebackplatescrews. Instructions foractive&passive90-DegreeCylinder. will notturn,itisinstalledincorrectly. See Installation deadbolt intheedgeofdoor. Ifpassivedeadbolt the cylinderscrewinholebelow door untilitisflushwiththeexteriorbackplate.Install 6. Insertthekeyedcylinderfrominteriorsideof 5. Attach thumbturntocylinder. the allenwrench.Screwuntilflushwithhandle. the backplates. Tighten thehandlesetscrewwith 4. Installremaininghandleontoshaft,pressingtightlyto until extendingoutoppositesideofdoor. through thebackplateanddoorgearhandlehole wrench provided.Insertthehandlewithshaft set screwuntilflushwithhandleusingtheallen sure toorienttheshaftasshownbelow. Screwthe 3. Insertthetwopiecehandleshaftintoonehandle.Be interior andexteriorbackplates. 2. Mountnylonbushingstodoorgearhandleholeon on theinteriorsideofdoor. screws provided.Note: The screwheadsmustbe backplates tothedoorandfastenlooselywith ensure atightseal. Attach interiorandexterior exterior backplate.Pushgasketsfirmlyintoplaceto 1. Apply thebackplategaskettoinsideof Gasket Door Stile Interior of

Backplate Bushing Interior Nylon (Two Provided) Set Screw 2” PhillipsHeadBrassScrews Construction Depending ontheBackplate) Handle (Two or Three Provided Lock Cylinder Lever Handle Thumbturn Interior SITE 1 Installation

- - 1.51 Remove handle to see how shaft is assembled. See Remove handle to see how shaft is assembled. Remove screws used to attach top extension to the door Check with Builder or Installer to see if cylinder was To open door, disengage open door, To deadbolt with key or thumbturn, push handle down to stop and then open door.

6. SET SCREWS WILL NOT GO INTO HANDLE COMPLETELY GO INTO NOT SCREWS WILL 6. SET Probable Cause: Shaft is not assembled properly. Solution: assembly and posi Handle Set Installation Instructions for proper tion of shaft. LOCKING TOP MOVES BUT LOCKING POINT 7. BOTTOM DOES NOT POINT extension drive rail is not connected to the Probable Cause: Top lock gear. Solution: and re- and the machine screw that attaches it to the lock gear, move top extension. Place the end of the drive rail (the “L” shape in the lockcase above the latchbolt, as you slide the top extension Fasten with a screw at the lockcase and one up into the door. Operate the gear to make sure it works. Finish installing higher. the remainder of the screws. WORK IN CYLINDER DOES NOT 8. KEY Probable Cause: Cylinder was rekeyed incorrectly. Solution: rekeyed to match other doors in the house. If so, return to lock smith to rekey properly. Multi-Point Lock - Lever Style Lever - Multi-Point Lock - 2020 - - Quick Tip Sheet & Instructions & Sheet Tip Quick Handle will automatically return to center position. the frame. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE TROUBLESHOOTING To lock system. To Lift handle to engage multipoints prior to engaging deadbolt. Use key or thumbturn to engage deadbolt. Swing Door Handle OperationSwing Door Instructions

Check system for binding problems. Confirm deadbolt Confirm that inside and outside holes line up with lock Remove handle and reinstall. Check to make sure door is square in Clear away anything blocking travel of deadbolt (insula SITE 1 tion, wood, etc.). ENGAGE FULLY NOT WILL 4. DEADBOLT Probable Cause: Locking points are not fully engaged. System design does not permit deadbolt operation unless locking points are fully engaged. Solution: rectly engaging strikes on the frame. TURN NOT WILL THUMBTURN OR KEY 5. Probable Cause: Backplates may not be on straight Solution: case. Loosen backplate screws 1/2 turn. extends fully into strike. Check to confirm locking points are cor 3. LOCKING POINTS DO NOT EXTEND 3. LOCKING POINTS DO NOT Probable Cause: Deadbolt is not fully extending. Solution: 1. SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE WHEN YOU LIFT THE YOU LIFT WHEN OPERATE NOT 1. SYSTEM WILL HANDLE Probable Cause: Improper installation of handle set. Solution: See Handle Set Installation Instructions. YOU OPEN POSITION WHEN THE IN 2. SYSTEM OPERATES THE WITH THE CLOSED POSITION IN NOT HANDLE BUT LIFT DOOR SHUT Probable Cause: Relationship of door in the frame. Solution: Note: To lock door, shootbolts, locking point tongues and deadbolt must all fully extend. Be certain door is square in frame before adjusting before frame in square is door certain Be extend. fully all must deadbolt and tongues point locking shootbolts, door, lock To Note: Extend position. center it’s to return handle letting and handle lifting by system engage position, open the in door the With hardware. other or shootbolts extend and the deadbolt operates, the handle system is fully functional. deadbolt by turning thumb turn. If the tongues Installation Quick Tip Sheet &Instructions LockMulti-Point -Lever Style 1.52

7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1.

1994-2009 Therma-TruCorp.Allrightsreserved.isanoperating companyofFortuneBrands,Inc. To removecylinder, loosenandremovecylinderscrewrepeatstep1slidefromdoor. reinstall sothesetscrewisatbottomofknob. If thesetscrew(F)isattopofknob,remove Install cylinderscrewintoholeinedgeofdoor. properly locked,thehandlesdonotoperate. NOTE: The passivedoorcylinderisshorter, hasnokeyontheoutsideanddeadbolttoextend.Ifitis in theoppositedirectionuntildeadboltextends. happens, pushthepin(C)downwithringwrench(D)todisengagestopsandturnknob(E) is rotatedinthewrongdirection,itwillrotateapproximately120degreesandlockupsystem.Ifthis center, thetab(A)willseatproperlyandallowdeadbolttoextend.Onpassivedoor, iftheknob Rotate theknob(E)towardsedgeofdoorsothattab(A)movesinwardtoward lock. Holding inthisposition,insertthecylinderbodyintodoorsotab(A)onisinsideof knob (E)untilthedrivetab(A)isalignedwithcylinder(B). into thetopofslot(C),pushinginwardandthenpullingdownwardtodisengagestops. If thetabcannotberotatedtothisposition,pushpin(C)downwithringwrench(D)byinserting The drivetab(A)mustbealignedwiththecylinder(B)toinstallintolockmechanism. ACTIVE AND PASSIVE 90-DEGREECYLINDERS B MISHANDLING DEADBOLT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONSFOR CYLINDER DEVICE SCREW LATCH A

F 2020

E C

, reversetheknob180degreesand A D B T urn the SITE 1 Installation

1.53 arks ocation using tip el Lockcase Latch Mishandling Device through jamb and sill. of shootbolts as guides. into 9/16” holes at head jamb and sill. June 2009 Part# BMTTMPLQT NOTE: Door WILL NOT lock unless bolts are fully extended. 1. Mark hol 2. Drill 9/16” holeatm 3. Insert Socket Strike Cup

Multi-Point Lock - Lever Style Lever - Multi-Point Lock 2020 Quick Tip Sheet & Instructions & Sheet Tip Quick Hook drive rail of top extension into gear linkage just above latch. 1. Remove shipping clip. 1. Remove and mishandling device sloped sides of latch 2. Make sure engage the strike plate. If they do not, are aligned and will clear the lockcase and spin 180 degrees, pull them out until they the lockcase, as shown in image below. then release back into replace shipping clip over the mishandling 3. If done in the shop, field, do not replace shipping clip. device. If done in the ATTACHING TOP EXTENSION (LEVER STYLE) ATTACHING TOP EXTENSION (LEVER Lockcase SOCKET STRIKE INSTALLATION Drive Rail

CAUTION: Do not remove torx screws under any circumstances. They are not a field servicable item. Latch Socket Strike Cup LATCH AND MISHANDLING DEVICE ADJUSTMENT (LEVER STYLE) (LEVER DEVICE ADJUSTMENT MISHANDLING LATCH AND Lockcase Latch Shipping Clip Machine Screw

SITE 1 Installation Quick Tip Sheet &Instructions LockMulti-Point -Lever Style 1.54

pero laaplicaciónesmisma. posteriores puedenvariardeestilo Nota: Lasmanijasylasplacas necesario. sólido ypuedenpulirsesegúnsea placas delacerradurasonlatón el revestimientoprotector. Las limpiador delatónporqueretirará Utilice aguaparalimpiar. Noutilice puerta. Presione haciaabajoparaabrirla multipunto paracerrarlapuerta. para engancharlacerradura hacer funcionarlapuerta.Levante construcción quesesuministrapara construcción, utilicelamanijade manijas durantelafasede Para evitareldañoaljuegode tornillos defijación. suministra unallavehexagonalpara En elpaquetedeaccesoriosse Necesita undestornilladorPhillips Instrucciones para el juego de manijas de puerta batiente demanijaspuerta eljuego para Instrucciones Posición necesaria tornillo defijación Manija externa tipo palanca del ejeparael Tornillo cilíndricode (Se suministrauno) cabeza Phillipsde antimaltrato Dispositivo 2” (5,1cm) Placa posterior Guarnición externa 2020 montante dela Guarnición Interior del de instalaciónparacilindrosactivosypasivos90grados. está instaladaincorrectamente.Refiérasealasinstrucciones puerta. Silacerraduradedobleseguridadpasivanogira, debajo delacerraduradobleseguridadenelborde Coloque eltornillodelcilindroenagujero puerta hastaquequedearasconlaplacaposteriorexterna. 6. Inserteelcilindroprogramadodesdeladointeriordela 5. Fijeelcerrojomanualalcilindro. quede arasconlamanija. fijación delamanijaconllave Allen. Atornillehastaque firmemente enlasplacasposteriores. Aprieteeltornillode 4. Instalelamanijarestanteeneleje,presionando lado opuestodelapuerta. mecanismo delamanijapuertahastaquesalgaporel con elejeatravésdelaplacaposteriorydelagujero utilizando lallave Allen quesesuministra. Insertelamanija tornillo defijaciónhastaquequedearasconlamanija Cerciórese deorientarelejecomoseilustra. Atornille el 3. Inserteelejedelamanijadospiezasenunamanija. externas. de lamanijapuertaenlasplacasposterioresinternasy 2. Monteloscojinetesdenailonenelagujerodelmecanismo lado internodelapuerta. tran. Nota:Lascabezasdelostornillosdeberánestarenel puerta yajustesinapretarconlostornillosquesesuminis adecuado. Fijelasplacasposterioresinternasyexternasala guarniciones firmementeensulugarparalograrunajuste interior delaplacaposteriorexterna.Presionelas 1. Aplique laguarnicióndeplacaposterioraparte puerta

Placa posterior de nailon interna cojinete (Se suministrandos) Tornillo defijación dependiendo delaplacaposterior) construcción Manija (Se suministrandosotres Tornillos delatóncabeza Cilindro decerradura Phillips de2”(5,1cm) Cerrojo manual Manija interna tipo palanca

- SITE 1 Installation

1.55 - Para abrir la puerta, desenganche la cerradura de doble seguridad con la llave o el cerrojo manual, empuje la manija hacia abajo para parar y luego abra la puerta. Confirme que los agujeros internos y externos estén Confirme que los agujeros internos y externos estén Retire la manija para ver como está ensamblado el eje. Retire los tornillos utilizados para fijar la extensión Revise con un constructor o instalador para comprobar

5. EL CERROJO MANUAL O LA LLAVE NO GIRAN LLAVE O LA CERROJO MANUAL 5. EL Causa probable: Las placas posteriores puede que no estén derechas Solución: Afloje ½ vuelta los tornillos de alineados con la caja de la cerradura. la placa posterior. MANIJA DE FIJACIÓN NO PENETRAN EN LA TORNILLOS 6. LOS COMPLETAMENTE Causa probable: El eje no está ensamblado adecuadamente. Solución: Refiérase a las instrucciones de instalación del juego de manijas para el ensamblaje adecuado y la posición del eje. INFERIOR SE MUEVE PERO EL TRANCA DE PUNTO 7. EL NO TRANCA SUPERIOR DE PUNTO Causa probable: La barra impulsora de extension superior no está conectada al mecanismo de la cerradura. Solución: superior a la puerta y el tornillo para metals que la fija al mecanismo Coloque el extremo de la cerradura, y retire la extensión superior. de la barra impulsora (la forma “L” de la caja de la cerradura sobre el picaporte de resbalón, a medida que desliza la extensión superior Asegure con un tornillo en la caja de la cerradura y otro en la puerta. más alto. Haga funcionar el mecanismo para confirmar que trabaja de colocar el resto de los tornillos. Termine bien. CILINDRO EN EL NO FUNCIONA LLAVE 8. LA Causa probable: El cilindro fue reprogramado incorrectamente. Solución: si el cilindro fue reprogramado igual que las otras puertas de la casa. Si es así, regrese a la cerrajería para que se lo reprogramen adecuadamente. Multi-Point Lock - Lever Style Lever - Multi-Point Lock 2020 - Quick Tip Sheet & Instructions & Sheet Tip Quick La manija regresará automáticamente a la posición central. Para trancar el sistema. Levante la manija para enganchar los multipuntos antes de enganchar la cerradura de doble seguridad. Utilice la llave o el cerrojo manual para enganchar la cerradura de doble seguridad. Retire la manija y vuelva a instalar. Refiérase a las Retire la manija y vuelva a instalar. para comprobar que la puerta esté a escuadra Verifique Despeje cualquier obstáculo que esté en el camino de la Revise el sistema en busca de problemas de desplaza

Instrucciones para de funcionamiento de puerta la manija batiente cesorios metálicos. Con la puerta en la posición abierta, enganche el sistema levantando la manija y dejando que regrese cesorios metálicos. Con la puerta en la posición de doble seguridad girando el cerrojo manual. Si las lengüetas o los pernos a su posición central. Extienda la cerradura seguridad funciona, el sistema de manijas deslizantes se extienden y la cerradura de doble está totalmente funcional. MANIJA LA LEVANTA CUANDO NO FUNCIONA SISTEMA 1. EL Causa probable: Instalación inadecuada del juego de manijas. Solución: instrucciones de instalación del juego de manijas. CUANDO ABIERTA POSICIÓN EN LA FUNCIONA SISTEMA 2. EL CERRADA POSICIÓN PERO NO EN LA MANIJA LA LEVANTA TRANCADA PUERTA CON LA Causa probable: La relación de la puerta con el marco. Solución: con el marco. NO SE EXTIENDEN TRANCA DE 3. LOS PUNTOS Causa probable: la cerradura de doble seguridad no se extiende totalmente. Solución: cerradura de doble seguridad (aislante, madera, etc.). DE DOBLE SEGURIDAD NO ENGANCHA CERRADURA 4. LA COMPLETAMENTE Causa probable: Los puntos de tranca no están completamente enganchados El diseño del sistema no permite el funcionamiento de la cerradura de doble seguridad a menos que los puntos de tranca estén completamente enganchados. Solución: miento. Confirme que la cerradura de doble seguridad se inserta completamente en la hembra de la cerradura. Revise para confirmar si los puntos de trance están enganchando correctamente en el marco. GUÍA PARA LA LOCALIZACIÓN Y SOLUCIÓN DE PROBLEMAS Y SOLUCIÓN LOCALIZACIÓN LA GUÍA PARA las lengüetas con punto de tranca y la cerradura de doble seguridad Nota: Para trancar la puerta, los pernos deslizantes, de que la puerta esté a escuadra con el marco antes de ajustar los ac deberán estar totalmente extendidos. Cerciórese SITE 1 Installation Quick Tip Sheet &Instructions LockMulti-Point -Lever Style 1.56

2. 1. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3.

1994-2009 Therma-TruCorp.Todos losderechosreservados.Therma-TruDoorsesunaoperacaióndeFortune Brands,Inc. Para retirarelcilindro,aflojeyretiretornillodelrepitapaso1saque 180 gradosyvuelvaainstalardemodoqueeltornillofijaciónestéenlaparteinferiorperilla. ISi eltornillodefijación(F)estáenlapartesuperiorperilla,retirefijación,reverseperilla Coloque eltornillodelcilindroenagujerobordedelapuerta. seguridad queseextienda.Siestáadecuadamentecerrada,lasmanijasnofuncionan. NOTA: Elcilindrodelapuerta pasivaesmáscorto,notienellaveenlaparteexternaycerradurade se extienda. para desengancharlostopesygirelaperilla(E)endirecciónopuestahastaquecerraduradeseguridad 120 gradosytrancaráelsistema.Siestoocurre,presionepasador(C)haciaabajoconlallavedearo(D) se extienda.Enlapuertapasiva,siperillaharotadoendirecciónincorrecta,rotaráaproximadamente tro delapuerta,lengüeta(A)seasentaráadecuadamenteypermitiráquecerraduradobleseguridad Gire laperilla(E)haciaelbordedepuertamodoquelengüeta(A)semuevadentrocen cilindro estédentrodelacerradura. Sosteniéndola enestaposicióninserteelcuerpodelcilindrolapuertademodoquelengüeta(A) cilindro (B). abajo paradesengancharlostopes.Girelaperilla(E)hastaquelengüetaimpulsora(A)estéalineadaconel aro (D)insertandoenlapartesuperiorderanura(C),presionandohaciaadentroyluegohalando de tranca.Silalengüetanopuederotarseaestaposición,presioneclavija(C)haciaabajoconllave La lengüetaimpulsora(A)deberáestaralineadaconelcilindro(B)parainstalarenmecanismo DOBLE SEGURIDAD CERRADURADE

ANTIMALTRATO DISPOSITIVO B DEL CILINDRO PICAPORTE CILINDROS ACTIVOS Y PASIVOS DE90GRADOS TORNILLO INSTRUCCIONES DEINSTALACIÓN PARA A

F 2020 E C

A D B

SITE 1 - Installation

1.57 Caja de la cerradura Dispositivo de manejo indebido El cerrojo

Junio 2009 Numero de parte de BMTTMPLQT 1. Marque la ubicación del agujero utilizando la punta del perno deslizante como guÌa. agujeros de 9/16” (1,4 cm) en las Taladre 2. marcas a través de la jamba y la solera. 3. Inserte el receptáculo de la hembra del casquillo en los agujeros de 9/16” (1,4 cm) en la jamba superior y la solera. la puerta NO trancará a menos que NOTA: ambos pernos estén totalmente extendidos. Multi-Point Lock - Lever Style Lever - Multi-Point Lock N SUPERIOR (ESTILO DE LA PALANCA) 2020 Ó Quick Tip Sheet & Instructions & Sheet Tip Quick Carril de impulsión del gancho de la extensión superior Carril de impulsión del gancho de la extensión superior en el acoplamiento del engranaje sobre el cierre. 1. Quitar clip de envío. 1. Quitar clip lados inclinados del pestillo y el 2. Asegúrese de que los se alinean y enganchan la placa dispositivo de mal manejo hasta que despejen el cerradura de la huelga. Si no, sacarlos suéltelo de nuevo en el cerradura, y girar 180 grados, luego imagen de abajo. como se muestra en la Reemplace el clip de envío sobre el 3. Si se hace en la tienda, Si se hace en el campo, mal manejo del dispositivo. envío. No reemplace el clip de Caja de la cerradura N DE LA EXTENSI INSTALACIÓN DE LA HEMBRA DEL CASQUILLO DEL HEMBRA DE LA INSTALACIÓN Ó Carril de impulsión

PRECAUCIÓN: No quite los tornillos Torx bajo ninguna circunstancia. No son un artículo que se pueda reparar en el campo. FIJACI Caja de la cerradura El cerrojo Clip de envío El cerrojo Receptaculodela herbradel casquillo Tornillo de la máquina ADJUSTE DEL DISPOSITIVO LATCH Y MAL MANEJO (ESTILO DE LA PALANCA) (ESTILO DE LATCH Y MAL MANEJO DEL DISPOSITIVO ADJUSTE

SITE 1 Installation Quick Tip Sheet &Instructions Lock Style Multi-Point -Grip 1.58 4. 5. 3. 2. Backplate Screw 1. Installation Instruction Sheet For Grip-Style Note: Handles and backplates vary bystylebuttheapplicationissame. Note: Handlesandbackplates vary Use onlywater andasoftclothto cleantrim.Donotusebrass cleaner orsolvent-basedcleaningagent,as A Phillipsscrewdriver and6mmHex Wrench isrequired.

it willremove theprotective coating. Interior Handle Interior Handle Backplate Screw Multi-Point Locking System HandleSet Install Exterior Handleinto thedoor. Install Exterior Rosette. backplate. Position oneGasket into each material to matchthebackplate. fromRemove inserts theGasket trim installation. unlocked before proceeding with Make sure lockingsystem isfully illustrated below as until itisvertical, Fully rotate thetailpiece Clockwise on Left: Bushing Cover Cap Interior Backplate Gasket Lock Driver Mounting Bolt Tailpiece Gasket Clockwise Counter- on Right: Interior Handle Cylinder and TailpieceCylinder and Handle Shaft Exterior Rosette Entry Handle Entry needed Corners if Remove Remove 2020

10. 11.

6. 9. 8. 7. pressing thehandleonHandleShaft. Install BushingandthenInterior Handleby Bolt andhandtighten. Screw CoverCap into headofMounting a fewturnsforlater tightening. 6mm hex wrench justbefore snug,leaving bottom Handleandtighten ofEntry witha Install MountingBoltthrough door into shown. Cylinder as ofthe Piece on theTail Lock Driver Install the NOT OVER-TIGHTEN. ½ turnonceboltheadcontactsdoor. DO time from step 6,tighten mountingbolt a Fasten Backplates with2Backplate Screws Driver. aligning ThumbTurn withSlots on Lock Guide Interior Backplate into place, provided withaPhillipsscrewdriver. At this Release Tool Note: driver can be used in place of Release Tool.driver canbeusedinplaceofRelease How to RemovetheHandleInstructions Backplate Handle 3. 2. Push ReleaseTool in 1. Place chamfered end and backplate. side ofthehandleneck. of tool into holeonthe SITE 1 Installation extremo l l cemento echo e lique ece 1.59 Pieza de Pieza der para PVC para Ap extremo l nd pi cemento cement echo t e ght e lique L DE RAL C PVC Pieza de Pieza der Ri para PVC para Ap pply A ARIAS PIEZAS a l V central eas ´ on ´ cemento para as ar l SECCIÓN CENT ecci central. puestas de S e lique uper PVC en PVC Ap s pieza pieza L DE RAL o l nterior ´ don de i a l lafateo a calafateo cemento un cor l borde on de aire. ´ a nda evestmiento del r e lique aci extremo l go de ´ l l para PVC para Ap alfeizar para alfeizar filtr de a de masilla lar Extie Para aberturas de puerta grandes, la sección central aberturas central de puerta la sección Para grandes, más de una pieza. puede tener de la solera del revestimiento en la abertura de la solera de la las piezas del revestimiento Coloque que las puerta cerciorarse quedar ensambladas para deberán tal y como de que y asegúrese todavía) dimensiones están correctas (no use pegamento de la solera. cada una de las piezas del revestimiento entre de 2” un traslape hay córtelas adecuado y si no contrario a la el largo tengan las piezas centrales que Asegúrese las piezas de la abertura medida correcta. Retire de la puerta. del piso en donde En la sección de sellador (sellador híbrido de polímero, gruesos las piezas aplique 3 cordones colocadas estarán de la abertura a lo largo de la MAX) OSI QUAD recomienda Tru Therma de alta calidad, o poliuretano elastómero de la abertura, en los extremos van que de la solera aplique presión las piezas del revestimiento puerta. coloque Primero en la parte PVC (incluido) PARA CEMENTO de la abertura. aplique su ciente de los laterales Luego las piezas contra sobre también las piezas (traslape), con contacto hará en donde de la solera, revestimiento del de las piezas centrales inferior un asegurando las piezas centrales Coloque de las piezas laterales. de traslape PVC en las zonas PARA aplique el CEMENTO secado de un correcto asegurar para en su lugar el tiempo su ciente la piezas centrales mantenga adecuado, traslape aplique un de aire ltración evitar Para mayor. que en un clima frío el tiempo de secado será PVC. Considere PARA CEMENTO No aplique de la solera. de las piezas del revestimiento interior del borde a lo largo de sellador de masilla de calafateo cordón Instale de la solera. la puerta. la de puerta debajo de solera masilla de calafateo revestimiento a ensamblar el si va Pieza de izuierdo ho ec PVC tremo der extremo l l ARIAS PIEZAS mento para para cemento a ons SECTION l Pieza de Pieza V queli central 52 1/2”) Ap eas center L DE RAL secti ´ cement ´ on de cemento para as ar verlap l SECCIÓN CENT nos ecci central. puestas de S Center Center e lique eces. eas of the ly PVC pply PVC uper me de UNA PIEZA PVC en PVC Ap s pieza pieza ar to the o pi A MULTIPLE PIECE o CENTER l central SECCIÓN CENT ´ on nterior ´ don de ecci (Aberturas i cemento S event a piezaa l a eas e lique ´ l ong the e ofdge the para PVC para Ap lafateo a calafateo cemento para as ar ead of l cemento un cor puestas de extremo l borde l l e lique

uper on de aire. ´ PVC en PVC Ap s central. nfiltration. pan to pr ´ don a nda evestmiento del i ly PVC pply calafateo quierdo r e lique l borde aci esevestimiento a un b a Pieza de Pieza iz r extremo ill A cement l go de ´ l ft sealant al R interior e s air un cor l ece nd para PVC para Ap go de de para alfeizar filtr a de masilla lar Extie For large rough openings, the center section For large rough pieces which overlap to form may be in multiple the pan in the rough opening, a continuous pan. Dry fit 2” of overlap at each joint. making sure you have at least length, and trim as needed. Check the center sections for proper where the sill pan will be positioned, apply 3 very large On the sub-floor, elastomeric or polyurethane sealant beads of a high-quality hybrid polymer, width of the opening. recommends OSI QUAD MAX) across the entire (Therma-Tru Liberally coat the underside Place end pieces tightly against the sides of the rough opening. areas of the end pieces of the center sections where they overlap the end pieces, and the recessed . Hold pieces together long enough to ensure a good bond. with the provided PVC CEMENT ONLY prevent air infiltration, run To Keep in mind that colder temperatures require longer bonding times. a small bead of sealant along the lower interior edge of the pan. Do not apply sealant to the bottom of the sill when using a sill pan. Install door unit into sill pan. ar Le e pi a nda Para aberturas de puerta grandes, la sección central aberturas central de puerta la sección Para grandes, más de una pieza. puede tener de la solera del revestimiento en la abertura de la solera de la las piezas del revestimiento Coloque que las puerta cerciorarse quedar ensambladas para deberán tal y como de que y asegúrese todavía) dimensiones están correctas (no use pegamento de la solera. cada una de las piezas del revestimiento entre de 2” un traslape hay córtelas adecuado y si no contrario a la el largo tengan que las piezas centrales Asegúrese las piezas de la abertura medida correcta. Retire de la puerta. del piso en donde En la sección de sellador (sellador híbrido de polímero, gruesos las piezas aplique 3 cordones colocadas estarán de la abertura a lo largo de la MAX) OSI QUAD recomienda Tru Therma de alta calidad, o poliuretano elastómero abertura, de la en los extremos que van de la solera aplique presión las piezas del revestimiento puerta. coloque Primero en la parte PVC (incluido) PARA CEMENTO de la abertura. aplique su ciente de los laterales Luego las piezas contra sobre también las piezas (traslape), con contacto en donde hará de la solera, del revestimiento de las piezas centrales inferior un asegurando las piezas centrales Coloque de las piezas laterales. de traslape PVC en las zonas PARA aplique el CEMENTO secado de un correcto asegurar para en su lugar el tiempo su ciente la piezas centrales mantenga adecuado, traslape aplique un de aire evitar ltración Para mayor. que en un clima frío el tiempo de secado será PVC. Considere PARA CEMENTO No aplique de la solera. de las piezas del revestimiento interior del borde a lo largo de sellador de masilla de calafateo cordón Instale de la solera. la puerta. de la puerta debajo de solera masilla de calafateo a ensamblar el revestimiento si va l Pieza de izuierdo a de masilla o l de de aire interior de de de a Extie Coloque las piezas del revestimiento de la solera en la de la solera las piezas del revestimiento Coloque abertura de la puerta quedar ensambladas deberán tal y como que las dimensiones están correctas (no use cerciorarse para entre de 2” un traslape de que hay y asegúrese todavía) pegamento el tenga que la pieza central Compruebe la central. y pieza las piezas laterales córtela adecuado y de ser necesario las piezas de la aberturalargo a la medida correcta. Retire de la puerta. del E n la sección elastómero sellador (sellador híbrido de de polímero, gruesos las piezas aplique 3 cordones colocadas piso en donde estarán de la abertura a lo largo de la puerta. coloque MAX) Primero QUAD OSI recomienda Tru Therma de alta calidad, o poliuretano de las piezas contra de la abertura, en los extremos que van sobre la solera de aplique presión las piezas del revestimiento del en la parte PVC (incluido) de la pieza central inferior PARA CEMENTO de la abertura. aplique su ciente los laterales Luego PARA también aplique el CEMENTO (traslape), las piezas laterales con contacto en donde hará de la solera, revestimiento un traslape asegurando las piezas laterales entre la pieza central Coloque de las piezas laterales. de traslape PVC en las zonas PARA secado de CEMENTO un correcto asegurar para en su lugar el tiempo su ciente la pieza central mantenga adecuado, de aplique un cordón de aire evitar ltración Para mayor. que en un clima frío el tiempo de secado será PVC. Considere No aplique masilla de la solera. de las piezas del revestimiento interior del borde a lo largo sellador de masilla de calafateo Instale de la solera. la puerta. de la puerta debajo de solera de calafateo a ensamblar el revestimiento si va ece echo 2020 nd pi PVC cement t e ght C PVC Ri ece Sill Pan Installation Pan InstructionsSill pply A tremo der extremo nd pi l cement mento para para cemento t e ght C PVC Ri Pieza de Pieza lique pply 52 1/2”) Ap A L DE RAL ons SECTION de center secti cement verlap Center Center eces. eas of the ly PVC pply PVC ar A to the o pi nos MULTIPLE PIECE 1/2") 52 CENTER Dry fit the pan in the rough opening, making sure you have at least 2” of overlap event Label enlarged for clarity. Label enlarged for ong the e ofdge the ead of han nfiltration. pan to pr i ly PVC pply a un b a ill A cement me de ft air R sealant al interior e s ece UNA PIEZA nd For large rough openings, the center section For large rough pieces which overlap to form may be in multiple fit the pan in the rough opening, a continuous pan. Dry least 2” of overlap at each joint. making sure you have at length, and trim as needed. Check the center sections for proper where the sill pan will be positioned, apply 3 very large On the sub-floor, or polyurethane sealant elastomeric beads of a high-quality hybrid polymer, recommends OSI QUAD MAX) across the entire width of the opening. (Therma-Tru Liberally coat the underside Place end pieces tightly against the sides of the rough opening. areas of the end pieces of the center sections where they overlap the end pieces, and the recessed . Hold pieces together long enough to ensure a good bond. with the provided PVC CEMENT ONLY prevent air infiltration, run To Keep in mind that colder temperatures require longer bonding times. a small bead of sealant along the lower interior edge of the pan. Do not apply sealant to the bottom of the sill when using a sill pan. Install door unit into sill pan. Le e pi SECTION

at each joint. Check the center section for proper length, and trim as needed. On the sub-floor, where the sill length, and trim as needed. On the sub-floor, ece central nd pi cement SECCIÓN CENT s lesst ngs t e ght ´ on section C PVC Ri SINGLE PIECE pply A ecci (Aberturas cemento S a piezaa

l

pan will be positioned, apply 3 very large beads of a high-quality pan will be positioned, apply 3 very large beads of a high-quality peni CENTER y PVC Center Center center cement eas ppl e lique 1/2") 52 (O ´ verlap A cement Dry fit the pan in the rough opening, making sure you have at least 2” of overlap ece Ap para PVC para cemento para as ar han l SECTION puestas de ece. extremo eas of the ly PVC pply PVC nd pi l A ar to the o pi e lique length, and trim as needed. On the sub-floor, where the sill where length, and trim as needed. On the sub-floor, at each joint. Check the center section for proper

ft e uper

Ap en PVC s central. ´ event don s lesst ngs Le section SINGLE PIECE calafateo quierdo l borde ong the esevestimiento e ofdge the Pieza de Pieza iz r CENTER peni y PVC Center Center center pan will be positioned, apply 3 very large beads of a high-quality pan will be positioned, apply 3 very large beads of a high-quality

ead of cement l ppl un cor (O verlap A cement ece go de nfiltration. pan to pr ece. eas of the ly PVC pply PVC nd pi i ar A ar to the o pi a nda a un b a ill ft e l a de masilla s air interior e R Sealant al

event Le o

hybrid polymer, elastomeric or polyurethane sealant (Therma-Tru recommends OSI QUAD MAX) across recommends OSI QUAD MAX) across elastomeric or polyurethane sealant (Therma-Tru hybrid polymer, of the rough opening. Liberally the entire width of the opening. Place end pieces tightly against the sides and the recessed areas of the coat the underside of the center section where it overlaps the end pieces, Hold pieces together long enough to ensure a good end pieces with the provided PVC CEMENT ONLY. prevent air infiltration, To bond. Keep in mind that colder temperatures require longer bonding times. run a small bead of sealant along the lower interior edge of the pan. Do not apply sealant to the bottom of the sill when using a sill pan. Install door unit into sill pan. l ong the e ofdge the de de aire ead of Extie de a interior de Coloque las piezas del revestimiento de la solera en la de la solera las piezas del revestimiento Coloque abertura de la puerta quedar ensambladas deberán tal y como que las dimensiones están correctas (no use cerciorarse para entre de 2” un traslape de que hay y asegúrese todavía) pegamento el tenga que la pieza central Compruebe y la pieza central. las piezas laterales córtela adecuado y de ser necesario las piezas de la aberturalargo a la medida correcta. Retire de la puerta. del E n la sección elastómero de sellador (sellador híbrido de polímero, gruesos las piezas aplique 3 cordones colocadas piso en donde estarán de la abertura a lo largo de la puerta. coloque MAX) Primero OSI QUAD recomienda Tru Therma de alta calidad, o poliuretano de las piezas contra de la abertura, en los extremos que van de la solera sobre aplique presión las piezas del revestimiento del en la parte PVC (incluido) de la pieza central inferior PARA CEMENTO de la abertura. aplique su ciente los laterales Luego PARA aplique el CEMENTO también (traslape), las piezas laterales con contacto en donde hará de la solera, revestimiento un traslape asegurando las piezas laterales entre la pieza central Coloque de las piezas laterales. de traslape PVC en las zonas PARA secado de CEMENTO un correcto asegurar para en su lugar el tiempo su ciente la pieza central mantenga adecuado, de aplique un cordón de aire evitar ltración Para mayor. que en un clima frío el tiempo de secado será PVC. Considere No aplique masilla de la solera. de las piezas del revestimiento interior del borde a lo largo sellador de masilla de calafateo Instale de la solera. la puerta. de la puerta debajo de solera de calafateo a ensamblar el revestimiento si va nfiltration. pan to pr i a un b a ill R air Sealant al s interior e SITE 1 hybrid polymer, elastomeric or polyurethane sealant (Therma-Tru recommends OSI QUAD MAX) across recommends OSI QUAD MAX) across elastomeric or polyurethane sealant (Therma-Tru hybrid polymer, of the rough opening. Liberally the entire width of the opening. Place end pieces tightly against the sides and the recessed areas of the coat the underside of the center section where it overlaps the end pieces, Hold pieces together long enough to ensure a good end pieces with the provided PVC CEMENT ONLY. prevent air infiltration, To bond. Keep in mind that colder temperatures require longer bonding times. run a small bead of sealant along the lower interior edge of the pan. Do not apply sealant to the bottom of the sill when using a sill pan. Install door unit into sill pan.

Installation Site Installation Instructions Installation Site Paintable &Stainable Astragal 1.60 Rev. C2/4/16 The followinginstructionsshouldbecompleted hardware andfastenersneededtocompletethis

The hardwarepackcontainsallthenecessary Instructions installation (somepartswillbeleftover). Installation Aluminum Read allinstructionsbeforestarting. Astragal Double Bore at theunitinstallationsite. Site for

P/N: ALASTSITEINST-RP/N: 2020 © 2016 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru isaregisteredtrademarkof Therma-Tru Corp.

Keeper PlateScrews Aluminum Astragal SitePackContents

(2) KeeperPlate FillPlug Flat HeadScrews (2) #8x1-1/4” 1750 IndianWoodCircle (Sill) Maumee, Ohio43537 419-891-7400 Deep FillPlug Keeper PlateScrews Flat HeadScrews

(1) CornerSealPad (2) #8x2-1/2” (Head) SITE 1 Installation

1.61 Figure 4 Figure 2 Side View Figure 2 Side

Flush

See Figure 2. Sill Keeper Plate Figure 3 INSTALL SILL BOLT KEEPER PLATE. INSTALL SILL BOLT (for DP40 structural applications)

Figure 2 Top View Figure 2 Top Deep Fill Plug Add Sealant Slide Bolt Hole

Sill Saddle 2a2a Apply significant amount of sealant to sill hole to seal subfloor Apply significant amount of sealant to sill hole to interface area. plug. Apply additional sealant to underside of lip on sill See Figure 3. sealant Insert Deep Fill Plug into the sill. Fit should be tight, will act as adhesive. screw holes Align sill keeper plate center hole with plug. Pre-drill 1/8” diameter by 1 1/4” deep. See Figure 4. Fasten the sill keeper plate with (2) #8 1-1/4” screws. marked location for the slide bolt is visible. Locate the sill keeper marked location for the with the outside edge of the flat plate where the edge is flush section on the sill saddle. through sill saddle 2 1/4“ deep for the slide Drill 1/8” diameter pilot hole through sill saddle 2-1/4” deep using pilot bolt. Drill 1/2” diameter hole a 1/2” diameter masonry material is masonry, hole as guide. If sub-floor bit will be needed to complete hole. Open door. Place the sill keeper plate on the sill saddle so that the Place the sill keeper plate on the Open door. Site Installation Instructions 2020 Paintable & Stainable Astragal Stainable & Paintable See Figure 1. Figure 1 APPLY SEALANT AND MARK SLIDE APPLY SEALANT AND BOLT ENDS.

Extend slide bolts and place sealant on each tip. Extend slide bolts and place hole locations. Sealant will be used to mark Retract bolt. With inactive door held in closed position, and inactive door held in closed With slide bolts to mark door flush with frame, extend head and sill. Retract bolts. 1 SITE 1 Installation Site Installation Instructions Installation Site Paintable &Stainable Astragal 1.62 slide boltatmarkedlocation. adhesive. Install FillPlugintosill.Fitshouldbetight,sealantwillactas Apply sealanttoundersideofliponsillplug. saddle 7/8”deepusingpilotholeasguide. Drill 1/8”diameterpilotholethroughsillsaddle7/8 2b

(for nonDP40structuralapplications) INSTALL ASTRAGALFILLPLUG. Add Sealant Drill 7/16”diameterholethroughsill ” deepforthe 2020

4 3 the padbypressingitagainstastragal. the bottomofbootandinsideedgeastragal. Apply Remove paperbackingfromcornersealpad. Align thepadwith Fasten theheadkeeperplatewith(2)#8x2-1/2”screws. 1/8” diameterby21/2”deep. Align headkeeperplatecenterholewithhole.Pre-drillscrewholes location fortheslideboltisvisible. Place theheadkeeperplateonjambsothathole a 3/8”diameterhole2”deepinthemarkedlocation. Open doorandlocatethemarkedlocationfromStep1.Drill INSTALL ASTRAGALCORNERPAD. INSTALL HEADBOLTKEEPERPLATE. SITE 1 Installation

1.63 Outswing Outside Inswing Shown Inswing AT THE SHOP Outside 1 2

Align the bottom of the aluminum astragal body to the bottom Align the bottom of the of the door slab. will overhang the door to align For inswing units, the boot with the door sweep. will sit subflush to the end For outswing units, the boot of the door. to the outside surface of the door. Align the exterior edge tight Pre-drill the two end holes with a 1/8” bit. Fasten in place Pre-drill the two end holes with a 1/8” bit. Fasten with two pan head screws. Site Installation Instructions 2020 Paintable & Stainable Astragal Stainable & Paintable P/N: ALASTMPLSASMINST-R

for Multi-Point Astragal Shop/Site Aluminum Read all instructions before starting. Installation

Instructions Send corner seal pad, flat head screws, and Send corner seal pad, flat head screws, and pack contains all the necessary hardware and pack contains all the necessary hardware and instructions along with the unit to the job site. fasteners needed to complete this installation. fasteners needed to complete this installation. shop/site pack are included with this unit. The shop/site pack are included with this unit. in the door shop. Check to see that the astragal in the door shop. Check to see that the astragal The following instructions should be completed The following instructions should be completed Wear proper PPE while working with astragals. Wear Rev. E 2/4/16 Rev. SITE 1 Installation Site Installation Instructions Installation Site Paintable &Stainable Astragal 1.64 pan headscrew. Pre-drill thisholewitha1/8”bit.Fasteninplaceone Align theholeinspringclipwithastragal. astragal. Tighten thesetscrewclosesttoend. unit andaligntheendofretainerto Move theretainer, bolt,andspringcliptogetherasone Loosen bothsetscrewstoallowthehardwareslidefreely. 4 3

Inswing Shown 2020 Repeat steps2-5tofastenthetopslideboltassembly. step iscriticaltotheperformanceofastragalinfield. Tighten thesetscrewclosesttoslidebolthandle. This

flat headscrews. Pre-drill theholeswitha1/8”bit.Fasteninplace Align thestrikeplatewithmachinedpocketinastragal. screws fromthestrikepack. Remove thelongstrikeplateandthree#8x21/2”flathead 2a 2a 6 2a 5

7 See othersidefornextstep. SITE 1 Installation

1.65 (10) #10 x 2-1/2” Flat Head Screws (1) Corner Seal Pad Long Hinge Screws 419-891-7400 Maumee, Ohio 46537 1750 Indian Wood Circle Screws .050” Hex Key (8) #10 x 1-1/2” Pan Head Screws Astragal Mounting 2a 11

Remove paper backing from corner seal pad. Align the pad with corner seal pad. Remove paper backing from Apply the inside edge of the astragal. the bottom of the boot and the astragal. the pad by pressing it against Astragal Shop/Site Pack Contents: Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru © 2016 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru © 2016 Site Installation Instructions 2020 Paintable & Stainable Astragal Stainable & Paintable

AT THE SITE 9 8 2a 2a 2a 10 Cut and fit trim strips to fit between the strike and each Cut and fit trim strips to fit between the strike and position. astragal slide bolt assembly while in the retracted Press pieces firmly to snap in place. Pre-drill through remaining two holes with a 1/8” bit. One Pre-drill through remaining strike and one will be just below. hole will be just above the these holes with two pan Fasten astragal to door though head screws. With the doors open, drill 1/8” diameter pilot holes in the open With hinge holes (8 total for 6/6 and 6/8, 10 total for 7/0 and 8/0). Then install the flat head screws through the hinges, into the stud, to anchor the door frame and prevent sagging. SITE 1 Installation Installation Instructions Installation Coastal Astragal 2 1.66 Rev. F9/12/16 The followinginstructionsshouldbecompleted hardware andfastenersneededtocompletethis The hardwarepackcontainsallthenecessary

Instructions Installation Read allinstructionsbeforestarting. Astragal 2 at theunitinstallationsite. Coastal Site installation. for

P/N: C2ASTDBSITEINST0916-R

2020

Retract bolts. with frame,extendslideboltstomarkheadandsill. With inactivedoorheldinclosedpositionandflush Retract bolt. will beusedtomarkholelocations. Extend slideboltsandplacesealantoneachtip.Sealant 1 BOLT ENDS. APPLY SEALANTANDMARKSLIDE SITE 1 Installation

1.67 Coastal Astragal 2 Astragal Coastal INSTALL HEAD BOLT KEEPER PLATE. INSTALL HEAD BOLT Installation Instructions 3

Open door and locate the marked location from step 1. Drill Open door and locate the deep in the marked location. a 3/8” diameter hole 2” on the head jamb so that the hole Place the head keeper plate is visible. location for the slide bolt center hole with hole. Orient the keeper Align head keeper plate are toward the weatherstrip on the plate so that the screw holes by 2-1/2” deep. head jamb. Pre-drill screw holes 1/8” diameter screws. Fasten the head keeper plate with (2) #10 x 2-1/2” 2020 Figure 4 Sill Keeper Plate Figure 2 Slide Bolt Hole Add Sealant

Figure 3 INSTALL SILL BOLT KEEPER PLATE. INSTALL SILL BOLT Deep Fill Plug Add Sealant 2 2a SITE 1 Align sill keeper plate center hole with plug. Orient keeper Align sill keeper plate center hole with plug. Orient Pre-drill plate so that screw holes are toward sill approach. the sill keeper screw holes 1/8” diameter by 2-1/2” deep. Fasten keeper plate with (2) #10 x 2-1/2” screws. Do not over-tighten plate screws. See Figure 4. Insert Deep Fill Plug into the sill. Fit should be tight, sealant Insert Deep Fill Plug into the sill. Fit should be will act as adhesive. Apply significant amount of sealant to sill hole to seal sub-floor Apply significant amount of sealant to sill hole Apply additional sealant to undertside of lip on interface area. sill plug. See Figure 3. Drill 1/8” diameter pilot hole through sill 2-1/4” deep for the slide Drill 1/8” diameter pilot hole through sill 2-1/4” deep using pilot bolt. Drill 1/2” diameter a 1/2” diameter hole as guide. If sub-floor material is masonry, masonry bit will be needed to complete hole. Open door. Place the sill keeper plate on the sill so that the Place Open door. slide bolt is visible. Locate the sill keeper marked location for the parallel with the edge of the sill. plate where the edge is See Figure 2. Installation Apply thepadbypressingitagainstastragal. with thebottomofbootandinsideedgeastragal. Remove paperbackingfromcornersealpad. Align thepad Installation Instructions Installation Coastal Astragal 2 1.68 4

Skip thisstepforoutswingunits.) (Corner padsareonlyusedwithinswingunits. INSTALL ASTRAGALCORNERPAD.

2020 © 2016 Therma-Tru Corp.

Therma-Tru isaregisteredtrademarkof Therma-Tru Corp. Coastal Astragal 2SitePackContents (2) KeeperPlate Corner SealPad 1750 IndianWoodCircle Maumee, Ohio43537 419-891-7400 Keeper PlateScrews Flat HeadScrews (4) #10x2-1/2” Deep FillPlug SITE 1

Installation

1.69 mark each tip. SLIDE locations. position, and hole sealant on closed place held in frame, extend slide bolts to used to mark Coastal Astragal 2 Astragal Coastal ENDS. sill. bolt. PL SEALANTANDAPPLY MARK BOLT flush with Installation Instructions etract etract bolts. R Extend slide bolts and Sealant will be door head and R With inactive door 1

2020 the CA2MPLSSITE P/N: ecessary completed complete site. starting. tallation needed to ins contains all the n for Site unit pack instructions should be fasteners instructionsfore be at the Coastal

installation of the astragal unit. Shootbolt Astragal 2 hardware Read all following Installation Multi-Point Instructions 4/12/06 The hardware and The SITE 1 Rev. A Installation Installation Instructions Installation Coastal Astragal 2 1.70 pndo n rl 3/8" drill and door Open in ydilbtwl be will bit drill masonry If deep. rl ½” Drill ysi Apply eto hole 2 wood

RL EDAND HEAD DRILL lsub-floor seal gnif e2” frame sub-floor diameter icant tof amount deep. ethrough hole lis material earea. interface dto needed diameter LBL HOLES. BOLT SILL tto sealant y ½”diameter a masonry, thres eat hole complete d2-1/4” hold

thres overhead hold hole. 2020

3 Fit of lip pl of sill underside to sealant additional Apply 4 db ih,saatwl c sadhesive. as act will sealant tight, be should oiinkee ltsa hw at shown as plates keeper Position atnpae ih()# -/”screws. 2-1/2” x #8 (2) with plates Fasten holes. sill and overhead INS ug. THRESHOLD. TASTRAGAL FILL INSERT LKEE PL KEEPER TALL Astragal Deep 8x2- x #8 with Pl Keeper Sill ”screws 1/2” Plug ates ATES. GINTO PLUG SITE 1 Installation

not 1.71 strike tents Customer Corp. Leaf Pack Con Head Plug Head They are purchased Therma-Tru Therma-Tru Plate Fasteners do Sill Site Flat Flat Plate Screws your Deep Strike (10) #10 x 2-1/2" (4) #8 x 2-1/2” Phillips Phillips 419-891-7400 Coastal Astragal 2 Astragal Coastal Corp. Keeper Contact inge Screws - Jamb Maumee, Ohio 43537 Representative for the correct H 1750 Indian Wood Circle Installation Instructions Therma-Tru package. Coastal Astragal 2 2006

Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of © Relations Strike Plates and come with the astragals. separately. plate 2020 SCREWS. #10 x 2-1/2" screws screw LONG HINGE follow TALL

will open, dia. INS through indicate, 2-1/2" top, 1, 1, 1) hinge holes frame and 1/8" drive SITE 1 ilot 5 8/0 doors (2 at installation configuration. #10 x screws hinges to anchor door and drill p With door prevent sagging. at hinges where labels Installation Astragal Security CoverAstragal Security Installation French Outswing System Door 1.72 (Not availableforCoastal Astragal applications.) Attach Outswing Astragal SecurityCover(Optional)

7/8” Astragal Astragal SecurityCover(Optional) stainless steelscrews. Fasten with(9)#8x5/8”Phillipspanhead 7/8” Aluminum Outswing 7/8” Aluminum 2020

Active Door SITE 1 Installation 1.73 Patio and Mullions Continuous Head/Sill Patio and Mullions

Continuous Head/Sill 2020 for Transom InstallationInstructions Transom Separated Sills Mulled Sidelites Separated Sills Mulled Sidelites Read all instructions before starting. before instructions all Read Transom Units Transom Separated Sills Mulled Sidelites Installation Instructions Installation Single Door Mulled Sidelite

SITE 1 Installation Transom Instructions Installation 1.74 Measure transom frame width and height. The following are recommended height and width dimensions. actual Use measurements to construct jamb extender frame. 1 Cut extender components to match transom dimensions.

ASSEMBLE JAMB EXTENDERS IF IF JAMB EXTENDERS ASSEMBLE USING 6-5/8” JAMBS. 6-5/8” USING 3/0w/14” S/L, Boxed 3/0w/12” S/L, Boxed. Height:13-15/32" 3/0w/14” S/L, Mulled 3/0w/12” S/L, Mulled orSdlt lbWidth Door/SideliteSlab 12”Sidelite 14”Sidelite 6/0Patio 5/8Patio 5/4Patio 5/0Patio 3/0 Butt corners together and fasten with 2staples or nails. 67-5/32” 66-5/32” 63-5/32” 62-5/32” 76-5/16” 72-5/16” 68-5/16” 64-5/16” 36-5/32” Width 12” 14” (13-15/32”) Height 2020 Align extender with transom. Orient V-groove so for fastening iscloser to transom frame. Fasten entire perimeter, through asshown, V-groove. 1” Use bradson6” centers.

2 Align extension jamb with transom jamb so inside surface ofextension jamb isflushwith inside surface oftransom jamb, and relief notch is against transom jamb. Nail and countersink extension jamb to transom jamb with #8finishing nails in pre-drilled holes. #8finishing nails #8finishing nails 1”brads 1”brads APPLY JAMB EXTENDERS IF EXTENDERS JAMB APPLY APPLICABLE. SITE 1 Installation 1.75 Measure widths and widths and Measure compare.

2020 Sealant (Elastomeric or (Elastomeric Polyurethane) Transom InstallationInstructions Transom Sealant (Elastomeric or (Elastomeric Polyurethane)

Width

h

t

d

i W CheckFit Place UnitsTo Together as shown. entire length between units between length entire (Elastomeric or Polyurethane) (Elastomeric facing up. facing Apply a 1/4” bead of sealant of sealant bead 1/4” Apply a on a flat surface with exterior sides exterior with surface flat on a Lay door, sidelite and transom units transom and sidelite door, Lay

WIDTH-MATCH UNITS.MULLED shimming may be necessary. be may shimming Width and thickness tolerances can work against the assembler. Width checking is required and and is required checking Width assembler. the work against can tolerances thickness and Width When jamb-stitched ("mulled") and then stacked with transoms, units require special attention. special require units transoms, with stacked then and ("mulled") jamb-stitched When 3 SITE 1 Installation Transom Instructions Installation 1.76 3 Polyurethane) (Elastomericor Sealant C

WIDTH-MATCH MULLED UNITS. (CONT.) UNITS. MULLED WIDTH-MATCH 3”Centers A B A B C 2020

4”Centers Match Widths Match ToRequired Where Material Remove or Shim Shim between jambs Apply1/4” a bead sealantof (Elastomeric or Polyurethane)or(Elastomeric match at C. at A widths orBso If material needs to entire lengthentire between units be removed, usea power planer orbelt as shown.as sander onback side of jamb where re- quired. Stitch-Fasten Jambs Stitch-Fasten Draw jambsDraw together and stitch fasten at interior side across joint with 1” corrugated fasteners. Fasten doorunit at 4” centers. Fasten transom unit at 3” centers. SITE 1 Installation 1.77 plate gusset fastener 1” corrugated 1”

frame heads into transom sill. transom into heads frame Using 2” screws or staples spaced on spaced Using screws 2” or staples door/sidelite through fasten centers, 6” if required. if Draw head to transom sill and clamp clamp and sill transom to Draw head 2020 Transom InstallationInstructions Transom

fasteners or gusset plate. fasteners Fasten with 1” corrugated corrugated 1” with Fasten Draw units together tightly. Draw together units ATTACH TRANSOM TO UNIT. DOOR TRANSOM TO ATTACH 4 SITE 1 Installation Transom Instructions Installation 1.78 U1REV HYBRID BOOK 5 Door Height

/ 231"9"9 /6 91 3/16" 91 9/16" 91" 92 3/16" 6/6 / 434 391"9 /"93 3/4" 94 1/8" 93 9/16" 94 3/4" 6/8 / 1 /"1938 0 51"109 1/2" 109 15/16" 109 3/8" 110 3/8" 8/0 / 834 791"9 /"97 3/4" 98 1/8" 97 9/16" 98 3/4" 7/0 / 1 /"1991"1018 109 3/4" 110 1/8" 109 9/16" 110 3/4" 8/0 / 2 1 191"91 3/16" 93 3/4" 91 9/16" 94 1/8" 91" 93 9/16" 94 9/16" 92" 6/8 6/6 / 891"9 /6 818 97 3/4" 98 1/8" 97 9/16" 98 9/16" 7/0 / 1 /6 0 /6 1 /"109 3/4" 110 1/8" 109 9/16" 110 9/16" 8/0 / 2 1 191"91 3/16" 93 1/2" 91 9/16" 93 15/16" 91" 93 3/8" 94 3/8" 92" 6/8 6/6 / 838 738 71/6 97 1/2" 97 15/16" 97 3/8" 98 3/8" 7/0 HEAD BRICKMOULD CUT BRICKMOULD TO SIZE. TO BRICKMOULD CUT (RECTANGULAR TRANSOM) (RECTANGULAR Inswing Length The following four steps apply only to units with rectangular transoms. transoms. rectangular with units to only apply foursteps following The CAUTION: For units with elliptical transoms proceed to step 9. step to proceed transoms elliptical with units For lmnmComposite Aluminum Outswing Length 45° 2020 Mulled Units Mulled Single Units Single Con Pa

ADA Sill Units Sill � � o o Units nuous nuous / 2 4 753"67 21/32" 67 5/32" n/a 593/0 (2) - 14" 21/32" 59 5/32" n/a 3/0 (2) - 12" 66 5/32" 3/0 (2) - 14" 62 5/32" 3/0 (2) - 12" ntSz nwn Outswing Inswing Unit Size JAMB BRICKMOULD / 453"34 21/32" 34 5/32" 3/0 / 351"73 13/16" 73 5/16" 69 13/16" 69 5/16" 65 13/16" 65 5/16" 6/0 61 13/16" 61 5/16" 5/8 5/4 5/0 Head Head Length Length 45° SITE 1 Installation 1.79 Head Jamb Head Head Jamb Head INSWING OUTSWING Brickmould Brickmould Use 2-1/2” staples 2-1/2” Use or finish nails. Staple Space approximately Space 12” apart. 1/4” 1/2” HEAD. FASTEN BRICKMOULD TO FRAME 3/8” 1/2” from 1/2” ends both 7

spacing. approximately 12” 12” approximately across length at at across length staple to jamb jamb to staple or 1/4” reveal and and reveal or 1/4” or finish nails. 1/2” Hold proper 2-1/2” staples 2-1/2” to jambs with with jambs to Fasten near ends near Fasten miters. head at corner corner at head Align brickmould brickmould Align 2020 Transom InstallationInstructions Transom Side Jamb Side Side Jamb Side INSWING Space approximately Space 12” apart. 12” OUTSWING Brickmould Brickmould 3/8” 1/4” 1/2” Staple 1/2” both sides both

JAMBS. FASTEN BRICKMOULD TO SIDE Use 2-1/2” staples 2-1/2” Use or finish nails. 6 with 2-1/2” staples or finish nails starting 1/2” in from end and spaced approximately 12” apart. Fasten brickmould Fasten pieces. brickmould jamb jamb brickmould Locate and attach attach and Locate SITE 1 Installation Transom Instructions Installation 1.80 Part # Part TTTINST65 Therma-Tru 8 Secure each corner with (2)2-1/2” staples, one applied through head piece and one applied through jamb length. Caulk remaining gapsand remove excess.

SECURE CORNERS AND CAULK AND CORNERS SECURE REMAINING GAPS. REMAINING ® is a trademark Corp., an operating of Therma-tru company of Brands,Fortune Inc. 3/8” 70Ida odCrl ame ho 33 419-891-7400 Maumee, Ohio 43537 Circle 1750 Indian Wood Use2-1/2” Staples 3/8” 7/8” 3/8” 2020 9 U1REV HYBRID BOOK Height Door / 81/6 751"7 /"77 11/16" 77 7/8" 77 5/16" 78 11/16" 6/6 / 114 978 071"80 1/4" 80 7/16" 79 7/8" 81 1/4" 6/8 / 514 378 471"84 1/4" 84 7/16" 83 7/8" 85 1/4" 7/0 / 678 558 631"96 1/16" 96 3/16" 95 5/8" 96 7/8" 8/0 / 714 578 671"96 1/4" 96 7/16" 95 7/8" 97 1/4" 8/0 / 812 751"7 /"77 11/16" 77 7/8" 77 5/16" 78 1/2" 6/6 / 111"7 /"8 /6 80 1/4" 80 7/16" 79 7/8" 81 1/16" 6/8 / 511"8 /"8 /6 84 1/4" 84 7/16" 83 7/8" 85 1/16" 7/0 / 711"9 /"9 /6 96 1/4" 96 7/16" 95 7/8" 97 1/16" 8/0 / 812 751"7 /"77 11/16" 77 7/8" 77 5/16" 78 1/2" 6/6 / 078 958 031"80 1/16" 80 3/16" 79 5/8" 80 7/8" 6/8 / 478 358 431"84 1/16" 84 3/16" 83 5/8" 84 7/8" 7/0 CUT BRICKMOULD TO TO SIZE. BRICKMOULD CUT (ELLIPTICAL TRANSOMS) (ELLIPTICAL JAMBBRICKMOULD CAUTION: The following twostepsapply only to units with elliptical transoms. Inswing Length lmnmComposite Aluminum Outswing Length SITE 1 ADA Installation 1.81 Door Jamb Mull Casing ” apart. Space approximately 2-1/2” staple LENGTH AND APPLY. CUT MULL CASING TO PROPER Sidelite Jamb Sealant

entire length. and jamb over To prevent bowing, maintain spacing between mull casing Use 2-1/2” staples. Sealant applied in earlier step. 11 2020 Transom InstallationInstructions Transom ” apart. Space approximately Head Jamb 3/8” INSWING Brickmold Staple 1/2” both sides 1/2”

FASTEN BRICKMOLD TO SIDE JAMBS. Use 2-1/2” staples. Locate and attach brickmold jamb pieces. Locate and attach brickmold 2-1/2” staples starting 1/2” Fasten brickmold with approximately 12” apart. in from end and spaced hidden fastener system, If installing with provided screws. install with provided 10 SITE 1 Installation Transom Instructions Installation 1.82 12 co Fasten doorunit at 4” centers. Fasten transom unit at 3” centers. Turn entire unit over. Stitch-fasten at exterior side acrossjoint with

rrugated fasteners. FINAL TRANSOM ATTACHMENT TO TO DOOR. ATTACHMENT TRANSOM FINAL 1” 3”Centers 1/2” 2020

Draw head/sillDraw joint together and clamp if required. transom sill into door/sidelite Screw orstaple through down frame heads. Fasten along a line approximately 1/2” in from edge asshown. Space on6” centers. Rectangular transoms require 1” fasteners. Elliptical transoms require 1-1/2” fasteners. 4”Centers SITE 1 Installation 1.83 "B" "A" 3/0 12-1/16" 24-1/16" Unit WidthUnit A B Rectangular Transom - 3W l (clear) transoms and is factory installed. Removable/replaceablegrille isstandard in elliptica

2020 Transom InstallationInstructions Transom "C" "D" "C" "B" "B" "A" "A" 5/8 17-3/8" 34-5/8" 51-15/16" 5/4 16-3/8" 32-5/8" 48-15/16" 6/0 18-3/8" 36-5/8" 54-15/16" 5/0 15-3/8" 30-5/8" 45-15/16" 5/8 13-7/8" 27-3/4" 41-9/16" 55-3/8" 5/4 13-1/8" 26-1/8" 39-3/16" 52-3/16" 6/0 14-3/4" 29-3/8" 44" 58-5/8" 5/0 12-5/16" 24-9/16" 36-3/4" 49"

from inside edge of sill. edge inside from Mark transom head in same manner. same in head Mark transom Use table below for location of grille bars. of grille for location below Use table 3/4” approximately sill on the mark a place and jamb of transom edge inside from Measure Unit WidthUnit A B C Unit WidthUnit A B C D INSTALLTRANSOM GRILLE (OPTIONAL) Rectangular Transom - 4W Rectangular Transom - 5W SITE 1 13 Installation Transom Instructions Installation 1.84 14 ala ahedo rlefrl nosl and sill into firmly grille of end each at attached nail press slides, plastic the Using mark. with slide plastic rno head. transom each of nail align to grille each Locate Installation Nail and Slide Plastic

ETNUA TRANSOMS. RECTANGULAR ON BARS GRILLE INSTALL WARNING: CancerandReproductiveHarm www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2020

SITE 1 Installation 1.85 6 4 5 3 2 1 1 3 2 5 1750 Indian Wood Circle1750 Indian Wood Maumee, Ohio 43537 419-891-7400 4 Æ Casing is furnished with a small amount of Casing is furnished with This will need to extra length at each end. be trimmed at installation time. 7 6 Work from center toward outside Work ends as in Step 1. Drive and set all nails.

3. REMOUNT CASING AND AND 3. REMOUNT CASING PERMANENTLY ATTACH 2020 Elliptical Transom Casing Instructions Casing Transom Elliptical Mark and trim ends Elliptical Transom Casing Installation Instructions Casing Transom Elliptical Complete installation of this elliptical casing before doing the straight vertical sides. The curvature and fit of the casing may The curvature and fit of frame not appear to match the transom before shape, if the two are compared The installation. Do not be concerned. to the frame at casing will flex and is fit installation time.

Attach ends of transom casing. Use square cut pieces of straight jamb casing and mark ends of elliptical casing for trim cuts. Remove casing from wall Pull nails carefully. and trim ends. 2. MARK AND TRIM ENDS 2. MARK Before installing, mark casing for finish nail locations. Before installing, mark casing for finish Mark for outer and inner nails. transom installed in wall, place casing against transom With reveal from frame frame. Position casing at center for desired in place at the top two center finish nail locations Tack edge. They will be pulled back out fully. Do not drive nails only. in Step 2. is the Adjust casing so reveal margin center out. from Work at each inner nail location. Tack same at each nailing point. 1. TEMPORARILY ATTACH CASING ATTACH 1. TEMPORARILY Therma-Tru Doors is an operating company of Fortune Brands, Inc. Therma-Tru ©1994-2010 Therma-Tru Corp. All rights reserved. Corp. Therma-Tru ©1994-2010 SITE 1 Installation Adjusta-Fit Prehanging Instructions 2 Adjusta-Fit 1.86 Instructions Installation prior tocompletingtheinstallation. Instructions” tobereviewedandfollowed Please notethereareseparate“Prehanging Adjusta-Fit installing yournew Therma-Tru instructionscarefullybefore Read but bearsnoresponsibilityforinstallation. Therma-Tru provideslabeledproducts, satisfy theauthorityhavingjurisdiction. use installationmaterialsandmethodsto opening beingframed,theinstallermust If afireratingisrequiredofthedoorand Building codesmayvaryfromareatoarea. CODES

all ® 2system. Site for

® 2 2020 having jurisdiction. building premisesforverificationbytheauthority instructions. They shouldbekeptonfilethe certification, thedoorinstallermustfollowthese edge sealing system. To maintainthevalidityofthis application ofanadditionalCategory requires alistedCategory“H”gasketandthe Positive PressureSmokeandDraftcontrolrating compliance withNFPA-252/UL-10C/CAN4-S104 This Therma-Tru doorsystemhasbeenlabeledin respective owners.3/2009 Part#MSLCMFIST operating companyofFortuneBrands,Inc. All trademarksarepropertyoftheir © Copyright2009 Therma-Tru Corp. All rightsreserved. Therma-Tru Corp.isan

(NFPA-252/UL-10C/CAN4-S104) Therma-Tru PositivePressure 1750 IndianWood CircleMaumee,Ohio43537 • • • • • • with throughboltsunlessinterior Surface mountedhardwaremustbeattached Fire Windows”. of NFPA 80“StandardforFireDoors and Installation mustcomplywithrequirements opening. gasket (included)shallbeinstalledintothe category “H”SmokeandDraftcontrol For smokerating,alistedandlabeled installed intotheopening. labeled category“G”edgesealshallbe For PositivePressureRating,alistedand manufacturer's instructions. Install hardwareperthe door andproperlyinstalled. Verify thattheframeiscompatiblewith 1-800-THERMA-TRU (843-7628) Labeled Systems www.thermatru.com “G” SITE 1 Installation

1.87 Adjusta-Fit 2 SEAL PAD SEAL (2) CORNER TOOLS REQUIRED TOOLS or visit www.thermatru.com Therma-Tru entry door systems, Therma-Tru PURCHASED SEPARATELY call 1-800-THERMA-TRU (843-7628) PAINTING FRAME AND DOOR FRAME PAINTING For information on where to purchase 2 • Drill with #2 Phillips Driver Bit • Shims • Caulk Gun and Exterior Grade Sealant • Utility knife or Scissors Category “G” Edge Seal • • Face attachment screws for • #8 x 1 1/4” flat head masonry screws masonry installations ® • DOOR PREP: Brush or sponge off dirt. Wipe dry. Wipe dirt. • DOOR PREP: Brush or sponge off with mild abrasive cleaner. Wet-clean • FRAME PREP: Rinse completely and wipe dry. • Paint the door in an open position. • Use a high quality exterior house paint to finish the frame and door when the temperature is above 50°F and humidity is below 90%. paint weatherstrip. (It can be temporarily • DO NOT removed for painting.) close door until the paint is completely dry. • DO NOT Prehanging Instructions Prehanging INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION

2020 Adjusta-Fit hine Screw DEADBOLT LOCK PLATE FILLER (door) (2) DEADBOLT Parts List and Description Parts List pe A pe A Mac Undercut Flat Head Ty (2) #12-24 x Phillips 1/2” HARDWARE JOB SITE COMPONENTS Head Trim

Hinge, Lock and pe F Self-tapping (2) #8 x 3/4” Phillips Screw Flat Head Wood Machine Screw PLATE (door) PLATE (2) #8 x 1 1/4” Phillips Screw Wood Flat Head (6) #10 x 2 1/2” Phillips Screw Flat Head Wood Undercut Flat Head Ty (2) #8-32 x 3/8” Phillips DEADBOLT COVER DEADBOLT (included in inswing package only) TRIM (3 Pieces) SILL EXTENDER SILL FULL LIP STRIKE LIP FULL SITE 1 CONVERTER PLATE CONVERTER Installation Prehanging Instructions 2 Adjusta-Fit 1.88 height accordingly. full shimunderthesillwillchangeroughopening If additionalcarpetclearanceisrequired,thenecessary sill type.Seetablebelow. Check roughopeningwidthandheightfortheappropriate for theopening. Check thatdoorunitisthecorrectone 1 Are studs or door plumb? bucks or Are studs jambs? Are wallsplumb with entire lengthofsillasshown. For publicaccesssills,applysealantalong level?Is subfloor 3 2

CHECK ROUGHOPENINGSIZE. Public Access SILLS, SEAL BOTTOM OFSILL UNITS WITHPUBLIC ACCESS ACCURACY. CHECK ROUGHOPENINGFOR Sill Type Inswing No Sill Door 2/10 / 9 ”1/16 29 2/4 3/6 3/0 2/8 2/6 251/16” 2/0 Rough OpeningWidth Rough Opening Standard Width 3 ”1/16 ”1/1643 ”1/1637 ”1/1635 33 ”13 1/16 80 1/2” 158 855/8” 81 5/8” Apply sealanthere 1 85” 81” / 7/0 6/8 Standard Rough OpeningHeight

84 1/2” the roughopening iscorrect proper fitandthat operation WARNING: Itiscritical for Undersize

43” 37” 35” 33” 31” 29” 25” 018 841/8” 80 1/8” 845/8” 80 5/8” 851/4” 81 1/4” / 7/0 6/8 Rough Opening Undersize Height Floorline 2020

6 4 5 7 during afire. door to come open door tocome at lock area allowing at lock areaallowing hinge leaf. tocause bow jamb (provided) each holes in through shimming could frame. Insufficient punched holesatperimeter. Nail orscrewflangestowallthrough flanges flushandplumbagainstwall. Center unitinroughopeningandset is inplace,plumbandshimmed. Do notremove“L”bracketuntildoor Place unitoncorrectsideofopening. the frameinremainingholes. Close thedoorandfinishsecuringfaceof for alternatescrewfinishes.) (Contact yourlocal Therma-Tru distributor xholes and #10 1/2”screws fasten 2 indicated, drill7/64” diameter pilot With athinges open, where door shim force totwist DO NOT allow and levelthedoor.Remove “L”bracketfromdoor. lock jambasindicatedinthefigurebelowtoplumb and frame.Shimhingejambbehindhingesthe Keeping doorclosed,carefullyshimbetweenwall side ofnailingflange. sealant entireperimeteronunderneath For jambsexposedtoweather:apply BETWEEN WALL AND FRAME. LOCATE AND SECURESHIMS FASTEN FLANGESTO WALL. CENTER UNITINOPENING AND FASTEN LOCK JAMBTO WALL HINGE LEAVES. DRIVE SECURITY SCREWSINTO screws (6) #10x21/2” hinges. behind located shims, jamb Hinge shims jamb deadbolt Lock/ TT Standard Undersize SITE 1 Sealant Installation

1.89 Corner Seal Pad Apply sealant (Weatherstrip removed (Weatherstrip from illustration for clarity.) #8 x 1 1/4” screw Edge Seal Apply sealant Adjusta-Fit 2 Edge Seal er- (For Positive Pressure Rated System) ANCHOR SILL TO FLOOR TO ANCHOR SILL PAINT SEAL “G” EDGE CATEGORY APPLY SEAL UNITS EXPOSED TO UNITS EXPOSED SEAL WEATHER. Prehanging Instructions Prehanging Using #8 x 1 1/4” screws, provided, for wood frame installation, fasten aluminum extender to floor thru pre- fabricated holes. When installing into masonry openings, use #8 flat head masonry screws following screw manufacturer's instructions. AND DOOR” on other side. FRAME See “PAINTING Cut head edge seal to fit between side Apply to head jamb locating jambs. it under and against weatherstrip. Measure and cut side edge seal to fit between head and sill. Cut to fit between hinges and strikes. Locate and apply to jambs as shown. Apply a bead of Apply trim/sill, jamb/trim joints. sill/floor and sealant at jamb/sill, sealant backing Remove paper self-adhesive from corner seal pads and and seal pads corner to with jambs apply the wide side wide the pointing towards the weath the towards strip and bottom and edge strip resting on the sill. the on resting 13 14 15 12

2020 Jamb Trim Apply sealant here Fasten Apply sealant here pe F pe Ty

FASTEN LOCK PLATES TO LOCK TO LOCK PLATES FASTEN JAMB SLIDE TRIM ONTO JAMBS. SLIDE TRIM ONTO INSERT EXTENDER INTO RISER. EXTENDER INTO INSERT SEAL ALONG FRONT OF SILL FRONT OF SILL ALONG SEAL BASE. For trim exposed to weather: caulk entire perimeter on underneath side of nailing flange. (refer to step 4 for illustration) NOTE: If insulation is required between the frame and rough opening, insulate before sliding trim onto jamb. trim onSlide lock hinge and first. Be sure trim ends are that resting on the sill or floor. Next Next on floor. resting sill or the wall apply trim. Fasten head to with nails or screws at hole nailswith or locations. Prior to installing apply a extender, bead of sealant along front leg of riser. Seal feet of extender before sliding into base. Slide extender into sill base until it comes in contact with jamb stop. Fasten plate converter with (2) Phillips 3/4” #12-24 x flat head machine screws anddeadbolt plate with3/8” #8-32 (2) x Phillips flat head self-tapping machine screws provided. 9 8 11 10 SITE 1 Installation Sill Instructions Sill 1.90

jambs. side of sealant bead 2. 1/4” Place a function. and door 1. is When saddle adjustable, at corners where saddle meets where at corners seal proper ensure height to to adjust saddle desired Weatherstrip side jambs. where at meets corners saddle 2. Place sealant bead 2. a 1/4” of andfunction. door seal height ensure proper to adjustdesired saddle to 1. When saddle adjustable, is Jamb Weatherstrip Hinge Jamb Corner SealPadInstructions Fiber-Classic/Smooth-Star Corner SealPadInstructions Side Lock The MostPreferredBrandintheBusiness The MostPreferredBrandintheBusiness Classic-Classic weatherstrip Thick edgebehind water infiltration. Note: the repeated be on must steps following both prevent air,to sides jamb and light weatherstrip. Tuckof back to the of pad top saddle the and centered saddle. on 3. Remove from corner backing paper the seal to and position pad tight pad Sealant 2020 Sealant saddle and centered on the saddle centeredsaddle. on and seal pad position to the and tight backing from Remove corner paper 3. weatherstrip. Tuckto the top of back pad of lock or hinge side as shown above. side as shown or hinge lock required, the following steps must be the following required, steps is of further adjustment the saddle If Note: air,light water infiltration. and prevent jamb sides to both repeated on Saddle If further adjustment is required, is adjustment further If Saddle Use correct either pad Use cornerfor

Side Hinge PART #: TDSILLINST REV. A ® Corner SealPad ® PART #: TDSILLINST REV. A Corner SealPad Hinge Side from weatherstrip Thick edgeaway SITE 1 Installation 1.91 Corner Seal Pad MSCSPSA SillInstructions “Hook” ® Weatherstrip 1. Position cover and hook onto sill. NOTE: Be sure to remove sill cover before any type of floor covering is installed

Vinyl Saddle Vinyl 2. Remove paper backing from corner seal pad and position pad tight to the saddle, tucking behind weatherstrip and in line with edge of jamb. Place “hook” over inside edge as shown. 2020 Sealant Saddle Basic Fixed Sills The Most Preferred Brand in the Business NOTE: Corner seal pads are handed. Corner Seal Pad Instructions Seal Pad Corner Adjustable Sill Cover Instructions Adjustable Sill Cover

s Jamb 1. Place a 1/4” bead of (Elastomeric and Polyurethane) sealant at corners where saddle meet side jambs. Weatherstrip

SITE 1 Installation Grille Installation Instructions Installation Grille Grilles come complete withclips. Grilles come 1.92 from corner 4” maximum from corner 4” maximum

Install Clips Retighten screws. interior sideofdoorliteframe. Slide flatsideofclipsunder Loosen doorlitescrewsslightly. forInstallation Lite Frames Locations Grille Bar Center at#RWM2Part#RPFGGC Part #RPWGMC2 RMDFLUSHGLAZED FRAMED 2020 center grillebarlocations. 4” maximumfromeachcornerandat Locate clipsonverticalsidesofframes Position Clips FRAMED LITES grille ifnecessary. tighten fitwith Bend slightlyto

SPRING STEEL CLIPS Grille Clip Frame Interior Lite Part #RPCGC CC Screw Doorlite SITE 1 Installation 1.93 Section Cut for Clarity

Grille Installation Instructions 2020 With all the clips installed, insert grille against clips on one all the clips installed, insert grille against clips on With side. Gently push opposite side of grille against glass, locking all clips into frame. Remember to gently press the top and bottom of the grille against the glass. Clips will be hidden when grille is inserted. gently pull away from the glass surface at one remove, To long side of the grille where the muntins meet the grille frame. Sealant

To assure proper installation, carefully remove any excess sealant at glass excess sealant remove any installation, carefully assure proper To grille clips. edge before installing the locations shown. clips between stop and glass at Insert steel spring MUNTINS HORIZONTAL WITH IN LINE PUTTING CLIPS AVOID from (Note: number of clips may vary GRILLE BARS. VERTICAL AND size and door style.) shown due to grille Installation forInstallation SS FC & Doors Flush-Glazed

Use the installation tool as shown to push the clip completely into the locked position. SITE 1 Installation Grille Installation Instructions Installation Grille 1.94 edges wheremoldingmeetsglass. Locate grilleclipsundermolding Classic-Craft Installation for Flush-Glazed

® grille ifnecessary. tighten fitwith Bend slightlyto Snap intoplacealongallothersides. side againsthardware. Insert grilleintodoor, placingonelong all thewayin. molding andpressclip edge ofclipunder by slidinginspade Insert grilleclips 2020

11-7/16” 22-27/32” Notch Locations 21-17/32” 43-3/32” SITE 1 Installation

1.95

2020 This Page Intentionally Left Blank This Page Intentionally Left

SITE 1 Installation 10. (Classic-Craft American Style &Canvas) Style (Classic-Craft American Lite Divider Installation 1.96 7. 9. 8. 6. 4. 5. Wipebothsidesofglassasshownatright. 2. 3. (ifpresent),asindicatedontheglasslabel. 1. FOR FULL BONDSTRENGTHOFTAPE ADHESIVE. ALLOW 72HOURSFOLLOWING APPLICATION THE DOOR AND DIVIDERS ARE TO BEINTHISTEMPERATURE RANGE. MINIMUM SUGGESTED APPLICATION TEMPERATURE IS60F. TEMPERATURE RANGEFOROPTIMUMTAPE ADHESION IS70TO 100F. NOTE: Always useaJ-Rolleroverthefullypositioneddividerstomeetrequired adhesion. Pressfirmlytotheglasssecureadhesive. (lockorhinge)forvertical barstoensurealighmentinsideandout. Onunitswithglass,always workfromthesameedgeofdoor. Repeatthesameinstallation stepsfortheothersideofdoor. Positiontemplateaccordingtothediagramsinfollowingpages. 0.015”-0.020”clearanceoneachside(useabusinesscardasshim) To allowforexpansionorcontraction,there shouldbe Layoutdividersindesiredpatterntheopening. (Repositioningthetemplatewhereapplicable) Apply remainingdividersinthesamemanner. You mayneedtoslidetemplateacross areatoensureastraightapplication. usingthetemplateasaguideforplacement. Positiondivider, adhesivesidetowardtheglass, NOTE: ADHESIVE ISNOT REPOSITIONABLE Apply allverticaldividersBEFOREapplyinghorizontaldividers. Working withverticaldividersfirst,removecarrierbackingfromthedivider. Moistenacleanclothwith70%Isopropyl Alcohol. Removeblacktapefrombothsidesoftheglass Bars tobeusedfromprecutpacks.

WILL RESULT INPOORTAPE ADHESION. NOT PREPARING THEGLASSORDOORPANEL American PrecutContour

2020

Canvas 60° SITE 1 Installation

8 3/4” 1.97

10 11/16” 7 1/4” 7 15/16” 26 x 18 30 x 24 7”

11 7/8” 6-Lite 8’0” Sidelite Position Template 6-Lite Template Position Template Part Number: Template TPA0880LDSL6-P 1-5/8" Bars 1-5/8" Bars Lite Divider Installation Divider Lite Template Part Number: Template for 26 x 18 TPA2618LD3-P for 30 x 24 TPA3024LD3-P

6 1/2” 3-Lite Template Position 7 15/16”

1-5/8" Bars 2020

13 15/16”

10 11/16” 11 11/16” 7 15/16” 2-Lite 6’8” Craftsman Sidelite Position Template Template Part Number: Template TPA0818LDSL2-P 26 x 18 30 x 24 1-5/8" Bar

(Classic-Craft American(Classic-Craft Style Canvas) & 4-Lite Template Position

6 1/2” 11 11/16” 1-5/8" Bars 5-Lite 6’8” Sidelite Position Template

Template Part Number: Template for 26 x 18 TPA2618LD2-P for 30 x 24 TPA3024LD2-P Note: Template dimensions shown are approximate, rounded to nearest 1/16”, and are for reference only. dimensions shown are approximate, rounded to nearest 1/16”, and are for reference Template Note: Template Part Number: Template TPA0866LDSL5-P 1-5/8" Bars 2-Lite Template Position 1-5/8" Bar SITE 1 Installation 10. (Classic-Craft American Style Shaker) Style (Classic-Craft American Installation Divider Door and Lite 1.98 7. 9. 8. 6. 4. 5. Wipebothsidesofglassordoorpanelasshownatright. 2. 3. (ifpresent),asindicatedontheglasslabel. 1. FOR FULL BONDSTRENGTHOFTAPE ADHESIVE. ALLOW 72HOURSFOLLOWING APPLICATION THE DOOR AND DIVIDERS ARE TO BEINTHISTEMPERATURE RANGE. MINIMUM SUGGESTED APPLICATION TEMPERATURE IS60F. TEMPERATURE RANGEFOROPTIMUM TAPE ADHESION IS70TO 100F. NOTE: Always useaJ-Rolleroverthefullypositioned dividerstomeetrequiredadhesion. Pressfirmlytotheglassordoorpanelsecure adhesive. (lockorhinge)forvertical barstoensurealighmentinsideandout. Onunitswithglass,always workfromthesameedgeofdoor. Repeatthesameinstallation stepsfortheothersideofdoor. Positiontemplate(s)accordingtothediagramsinfollowingpages. 0.015”-0.020”clearanceoneachside(useabusinesscardasshim) To allowforexpansionorcontraction,thereshouldbe Layoutdividersindesiredpatterntheopening. (Repositioningthetemplatewhereapplicable) Apply remainingdividersinthesamemanner. You mayneedtoslidetemplateacrossareaensureastraightapplication. usingthetemplateasaguideforplacement. Positiondivider, adhesivesidetoward theglassordoorpanel, NOTE: ADHESIVE ISNOT REPOSITIONABLE Apply allhorizontaldividersBEFOREapplyingverticaldividers. Working withhorizontaldividersfirst,removecarrierbackingfromthedivider. Moistenacleanclothwith70%Isopropyl Alcohol. Removeblacktapefrombothsidesoftheslab 10” blade=80toothor12”96tooth. Min. toothcountsasfollows: miter sawwithanextrafinefinishcarbideblade. Fiberglass barsshouldbetrimmedonadedicateddoublebevelcompound Vertical barstobecutfromlineals.Forbestquality, cuttapesidedown. Horizontal barscanbeusedfromprecutpacksorcutlineals.

WILL RESULT INPOORTAPE ADHESION. NOT PREPARING THEGLASS ORDOORPANEL 2020

SITE 1 80° Installation

10 1/4” 10 1/4” 8 13/16” 52 7/16” 10 1/4” 39 1/4” 39 1.99 8/0 8/0

10 1/4” 10 1/4”

36 7/16” 10 9/16” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 23 1/4” 8 3/16” 6/8 6/8 6/8 & 8/0 E F A B 5-Panel Shaker Square Top Template Position 6-Panel Shaker Template Position 4-1/4" Bars 4-1/4" Bars 4-1/4" Bars 4-1/4" Bar 5-1/2" Bar TPA2666DD5T-P (6/8 Opaque) - E TPA2666DD5T-P (8/0 Opaque) - E TPA2680DD5T-P TPA2666DD5B-P (6/8 Opaque) - F TPA2666DD5B-P (8/0 Opaque) - F TPA2680DD5B-P Template Part Number: Template Template Part Number: Template A - Opaque Top) (6/8 and 8/0 TPADD6T-P Bottom) - B (6/8 Opaque TPA2666DD6B-P (8/0 Opaque Bottom) - B TPA2680DD6B-P

10 1/4” 51 13/16”

8/0 2020

10 1/4” 17 1/4”

10 1/4” 10 1/4” 35 13/16” 17 1/4” 6/8 Liteand Door Divider Installation 6/8 & 8/0 6/8 & 8/0 C D (Classic-Craft American(Classic-Craft Style Shaker) 4-Lite/Panel Shaker Square Top Template Position 4-Lite/Panel Craftsman Shaker Template Position 5-1/2" Bar 4-1/4" Bars 5-1/2" Bar 4-1/4" Bars C

2-Lite/Panel Shaker Square Top Template Position 2-Lite/Panel Craftsman Shaker Template Position Note: Template dimensions shown are approximate, rounded to nearest 1/16”, and are for reference only. dimensions Template Note: Template Part Number: Template Flush Glazed) (6/8 and 8/0 TPALD2-P and 8/0 Opaque) (6/8 TPADD2-P SITE 1 TPADD2-P (6/8 and 8/0 Opaque) - D TPADD2-P 5-1/2" Bar 4-1/4" Bar Template Part Number: Template (6/8 Flush Glazed) - C TPA2666LDST-P (6/8 Opaque) - C TPA2666DDST-P (8/0 Flush Glazed) - C TPA2680LDST-P (8/0 Opaque) - C TPA2680DDST-P 5-1/2" Bar Installation (Classic-Craft American Style Shaker) Style (Classic-Craft American Installation Divider Door and Lite 1.100 Bars 4-1/4" Bars 5-1/2" TPA2680DD3-P (8/0Opaque) TPA2680LD3-P (8/0FlushGlazed) TPA2666DD3-P (6/8Opaque) TPA2666LD3-P (6/8FlushGlazed) Template PartNumber: TPA2680DD5-P (8/0Opaque) TPA2680LD5-P (8/0FlushGlazed) TPA2666DD5-P (6/8Opaque) TPA2666LD5-P (6/8FlushGlazed) Template PartNumber: Note: Template dimensionsshown areapproximate,roundedtonearest1/16”,andfor referenceonly. Position Template 5-Lite/Panel Position Template 3-Lite/Panel

8/0 6/8 8/0 6/8 12 5/16” 22 9/16” 17 13/16” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 9 7/16”

Bars 5-1/2" Bars 4-1/4" TPA2680DD4-P (8/0Opaque) TPA2680LD4-P (8/0FlushGlazed) TPA2666DD4-P (6/8Opaque) TPA2666LD4-P (6/8FlushGlazed) Template PartNumber: TPA2680LD6-P (8/0FlushGlazed) TPA2666LD6-P (6/8FlushGlazed) Template PartNumber: Position Template 6-Lite Position Template 4-Lite/Panel 2020 8/0 6/8 8/0 6/8

15 1/2” 11 15/16” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 9 1/2” 7 1/8”

Bars 5-1/2" Bars 4-1/4" Bars 4-1/4" TPA2680LD4-P (8/0FlushGlazed) TPA2666LD4-P (6/8FlushGlazed) Template PartNumber: TPA2680LD7-P (8/0FlushGlazed) TPA2666LD7-P (6/8FlushGlazed) Template PartNumber: Position Template 7-Lite Position Template 8-Lite 8/0 6/8 8/0 6/8 SITE 1

15 1/2” 11 15/16” 7 9/16” 5 1/2” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 10 1/4” 10 1/4”

Installation

6 3/4” 6 3/4” 5 1/2” 7 9/16”

1.101 6/8 8/0 7-Lite Template Position 4-1/4" Bars Template Part Number: Template (6/8 Flush Glazed) TPA0866LD7-P (8/0 Flush Glazed) TPA0880LD7-P

6 3/4” 6 3/4” 6 3/4” 6 3/4” 7 1/8” 1/2” 9 11 15/16” 15 1/2” 6/8 8/0 6/8 8/0

2020 6-Lite Template Position 4-Lite Template Position Lite and Door Divider Installation 5-1/2" Bars 4-1/4" Bars Template Part Number: Template Glazed) (6/8 Flush TPA0866LD4-P Glazed) (8/0 Flush TPA0880LD4-P Template Part Number: Template (6/8 Flush Glazed) TPA0866LD6-P (8/0 Flush Glazed) TPA0880LD6-P (Classic-Craft American(Classic-Craft Style Shaker)

6 3/4” 6 3/4” 6 3/4” 6 3/4” 9 7/16” 9 12 5/16” 17 13/16” 22 9/16” 6/8 8/0 6/8 8/0 3-Lite Template Position 5-Lite Template Position

5-1/2" Bars 4-1/4" Bars Note: Template dimensions shown are approximate, rounded to nearest 1/16”, and are for reference only. Template Note: Template Part Number: Template Glazed) (6/8 Flush TPA0866LD3-P Glazed) (8/0 Flush TPA0880LD3-P Template Part Number: Template (6/8 Flush Glazed) TPA0866LD5-P (8/0 Flush Glazed) TPA0880LD5-P SITE 1 Installation (Smooth /Fiber Star Classic) Instructions Installation SDL Bar 1.102

Sanding materials Plasticzip ortiescoffee stirrers Pencil Shimstock or business card J-Roller ½”Masking tape Cleanrags 70% IsopropylAlcohol or adhesionpromoting solution When installing MaterialsNeeded: 100°F. MINIMUM APPLICATION TEMPERATURE IS 60°F. BOTH THE DOOR AND AND DOOR THE BOTH 60°F. IS APPLICATION TEMPERATURE MINIMUM 100°F. 70° TO IS ADHESION TAPE OPTIMUM FOR RANGE TEMPERATURE NOTE: LITE DIVIDER ARE TO BE IN THIS TEMPERATURE RANGE. ADHESIVE IS NOT NOT IS ADHESIVE RANGE. TEMPERATURE INTHIS BE ARE TO DIVIDER LITE REPOSITIONABLE. REPOSITIONABLE. 6. Disassemblebars.Trimbars atappropriateangletotheircorrectsize. (top, bottom,center,etc). clearance oneachside.Repeatforhorizontaldivider. Besuretomarkeachdividerwithitslocation removing thecarrierbackingtape.Markamountofbarto trim(ifnecessary).Thereshouldbe0.015”-0.020” 5. Assemble theverticalandhorizontal barstogetherandcentertheonglassatframemarkingswithout position ofthehorizontaldividers. Repeatontheothersideofglass. 4. Placeatrimmedverticalbartoonesideoftheglassand usethenotchesondividerstomarkframe sander, discsander,orsandingblock. 3. Trim bars atappropriateangle(seebelow)totheircorrectsize.Trimmingmaybedone withastationarybelt mark each dividerwithitslocation(left/right). expansion orcontraction.Repeatforeachverticaldivider.Besureto clearance (useabusinesscardasshim)oneachsidetoallowfor amount ofbartotrim(ifnecessary).Thereshouldbe0.015”-0.020” 2. Take averticaldividerandcenterbetweentheframemarkings.Mark forthe bottompositionoftheverticaldividers. vertical divider(s).Slidethebartobottomofglassandrepeat SDL notch(es) on notch(es) on framethe divider to on themark the topthe position of itat the topofglass.Centerbarinopeninganduse the 1. Starting attheexternalglassside,takeahorizontaldividerandplace indicated ontheglasslabel. When installingonflush-glazedslabs,removeblacktapeas (7x64, 21x15, 22x47, 22x64) (8x36, 8x47, 20x64, 22x36) (all sizes) (all sizes) (8x36, 8x47, 20x64, 22x36) (7x64,21x15, 22x47, 22x64)

Preparation forInterlocking Bar Patterns:

Framed Lites Framed over

GBG’sonly usebronze barflat patterns

45°

FramedLites 2020

35°

Flush Glazed Flush

markframe Usenotchesto

SITE 1 67°

Installation

1.103

(Smooth Star / Fiber Classic) Star/ Fiber (Smooth 2020 SDL BarSDL Installation Instructions Small Zip Tie Stirrer or Coffee Carrier backing

Glass Preparation: Alcohol or use an adhesion promoting solution. Wipe the glass before Moisten a clean cloth with 70% Isopropyl attaching dividers. Allow to dry. PROPERLY WILL RESULT IN POOR TAPE ADHESION. FAILURE TO PREPARE THE GLASS AS THIS WILL PREVENT PROPER ADHESION. USE A GLASS CLEANER TO PERPARE THE GLASS DO NOT SDL Installation: position marks. Check to ensure that, for all of the the divider grid back onto the glass using the frame 1. Position the divider and the frame. Once in position, press to divider points, there is a 0.015” - 0.020” gap between frame and then pull out that zip tie. Once all of the divider at all of the ends opposite the zip tie to lock the position, down dividers. Using a J-Roller, roll firmly along the entire length are attached, pull out the middle zip ties from the ends interior side to confirm all dividers adhere to the glass, horizontal and vertical dividers. Look through the of the attached, remove the masking tape. around the perimeter and divider joints. Once particularly 2. Repeat steps for interior frame side. 7. Assemble the horizontal and vertical divider(s). Use masking tape to secure the divider bars together at the joints. bars together at to secure the divider Use masking tape vertical divider(s). the horizontal and 7. Assemble from tape using any trimming residue pieces. Clean from all of the divider the Carrier Backing off Peel 1/8” onto the adhesive stirrers roughtly of small zip ties or coffee place the tips Alcohol. Lightly Isopropyl 70% 1-2 ties and each joint, and end of the divider position 1 tie at each of the divider bars, as shown. For each backs final positioning. adhesive backing off of the glass during middle. The ties will keep the in the SITE 1 Installation SDL before attachinginteriordividers. 3. Repeatstepsfortheinterior dividers.Checkthealignmentofinteriordividerswith theexteriordividers perimeter. dividers. Lookthrough theinteriorsidetoconfirmalldividersadhereglass, particularlyaroundthe forthe otherend.Remove theremainingziptie(s).UsingaJ-Roller,rollfirmlyalong theentirelengthof GBGs (ifpresent). Pressdownoneachendofthedividertolockposition andremovetheziptie.Repeat 2. Position thedividersbackontoglassusingframemarks.Checkthatcoverinternal The ties willkeeptheadhesivebackingoffofglassduringfinalpositioning. backs asshown.Foreachofthedividerbars,position1tieatendand1-2tiesinmiddle. 70% Isopropyl Alcohol.Lightlyplacethetipsofsmallziptiesorcoffeestirrersroughly1/8”ontoadhesive 1. PeelofftheCarrierBackingfromallofdividerpieces.Cleananytrimmingresiduetapeusing SDL Installation: DO NOT USE AGLASSCLEANERTOPERPARETHEASTHISWILLPREVENTPROPERADHESION. FAILURE TOPREPARETHEGLASSPROPERLYWILLRESULTINPOORTAPEADHESION. attaching dividers.Allowtodry. Moisten acleanclothwith70%IsopropylAlcoholoruseanadhesionpromotingsolution.Wipetheglassbefore Glass Preparation: disc sander, orsandingblock. 3. Trim barsatappropriateangle(seebelow)totheircorrectsize.Trimmingmaybedonewithastationarybeltsander, mark eachdividerwithitslocation(top,middle,bottom,etc). (use a businesscardasshim)oneachsidetoallowforexpansionorcontraction.Repeatdivider.Besure bar in opening.Markamountofbartobetrimmed(ifnecessary).Thereshould0.015”-0.020”clearance 2. Beginning withtheexterior,positioneachdividerusingpropertemplateandmarkonframe.Center 1. Make templatetothedimensionsrequiredforyourlitepattern(seesubsequentpages). (Smooth /Fiber Star Classic) Instructions Installation SDL Bar 1.104

Preparation forNon-Interlocking Bar Patterns: (7x64, 21x15, 22x47, 22x64) (8x36, 8x47, 20x64, 22x36) (all sizes) (all sizes) (8x36, 8x47, 20x64, 22x36) (7x64,21x15, 22x47, 22x64)

Framed Lites Framed Lites Flush Glazed Flush Framed Lites Lites Framed 45° Carrier backing or Coffee Stirrer Zip TieSmall 2020

40° Zip Ties SITE 1 67°

Installation

1.105

(Smooth Star / Fiber Classic) Star/ Fiber (Smooth 3W2H 2W2H 2020 SDL Bar SDL Installation Instructions Craftsman Lite 2 Panel Craftsman Lite 2 Panel 6 1/8" 3/8" 6 9 1/2" 9 3/8"6 3W1H 2W1H

Craftsman Lite 2 Panel Craftsman Lite 2 Panel SITE 1 Installation Full Lite Sidelite Flush-Glazed Full Lite (Smooth /Fiber Star Classic) Instructions Installation SDL Bar 1.106 08x64 1 Lite Craftsman Lite 1 08x64 Flush-Glazed 08x64 1W5H Full Lite Sidelite Full Lite

END MID MID END 1315/16" 7" MID END 5 7/8" 11 11/16" 11 3/4" 11 Framed 08x47 1W4H Framed 08x47 3/4 Lite Sidelite Lite 3/4 MID END END Flush-Glazed 07x64 1W5H Full Lite Sidelite Full Lite MID END 10 11/16" 10 5/8" 2020 END MID MID END 6 7/8" Flush-Glazed 08x36 1W3H 08x36 Flush-Glazed Half Lite Sidelite Half Lite

MID END

1111/16" END END 11 3/4" 5 7/8" END Framed 07x64 1W5H Framed 07x64 10 15/16" 10 Full Lite Sidelite Full Lite 7" rmd08x36 1W3H Framed Half Lite Sidelite Half Lite END END 1111/16" END SITE 1 5 7/8" 10 7/8" 10 6 3/4" Installation

1.107 6 15/16" 7 1/8" 7 Flush-Glazed 1W2H Flush-Glazed Craftsman Sidelite Shaker

(Smooth Star / Fiber Classic) Star/ Fiber (Smooth 2020 SDL BarSDL Installation Instructions Flush-Glazed 3W2H Flush-Glazed 2W2H Flush-Glazed Craftsman Lite 2 Panel Shaker Craftsman Lite 2 Panel Shaker 7 1/8" 7 6 11/16"6 7 1/8" 7 10 1/4" 10

Flush-Glazed 2W1H Flush-Glazed Flush-Glazed 3W1H Craftsman Lite 2 Panel Shaker Craftsman Lite 2 Panel Shaker SITE 1 Installation 8' Craftsman Lite 2 Panel Shaker Panel 2 Lite 8' Craftsman (Smooth /Fiber Star Classic) Instructions Installation SDL Bar 1.108 8' Craftsman Lite2 Panel Shaker Panel Lite2 Craftsman 8' Flush-Glazed 3W1H Flush-Glazed 2W1H

10 1/4" 10 7 1/8" 7 6 11/16" 6 7 1/8" 8' Craftsman Lite 2 Panel Shaker Panel 2 Lite Craftsman 8' 8' Craftsman Lite2 Panel Shaker Panel Lite2 Craftsman 8' Flush-Glazed2W2H Flush-Glazed 3W2H 2020

8' Craftsman Lite2 Panel Shaker Panel Lite2 8' Craftsman Sidelite Flush-Glazed 2W2H SITE 1 7 1/8" 6 15/16" 6 Installation

1.109 18 11/16" 18 13 1/8" 13 6" 6" Full LiteFull Sidelite Full LiteFull Sidelite Flush-Glazed 07x64 1W3H 07x64 Flush-Glazed Flush-Glazed 07x64 1W4H Flush-Glazed 07x64

(Smooth Star / Fiber Classic) Star/ Fiber (Smooth 2020 SDL Bar SDL Installation Instructions Full LiteFull Sidelite Full LiteFull Sidelite 7 1/8" 7 7 1/8" Flush-Glazed 08x64 1W3H 08x64 Flush-Glazed Flush-Glazed 08x64 1W4H Flush-Glazed 08x64 3/4"18 3/16" 13 Full LiteFull Full LiteFull

Flush-Glazed 1W3H Flush-Glazed Flush-Glazed 1W4H SITE 1 Installation (Smooth /Fiber Star Classic) Instructions Installation SDL Bar 1.110 Flush-Glazed1W4H Flush-Glazed1W5H

8' FullLite Full Lite 17 1/8" 9 7/8" Flush-Glazed1W4H 07x80 Flush-Glazed1W5H 08x64 6 3/4" 7 1/8" 7 8' Full Lite Sidelite 8' Full Lite Full Lite Sidelite Full Lite 2020

Flush-Glazed1W5H 07x64 Full Lite Sidelite Full Lite 6" 9 13/16" 9 SITE 1 Installation

11 1.1

(Smooth Star / Fiber Classic) Star/ Fiber (Smooth 2020 SDL BarSDL Installation Instructions 8' Full Lite8' Full Sidelite 8' Full Lite8' Full Sidelite 6 3/4" 6 3/4" Flush-Glazed 07x80 1W6H Flush-Glazed Flush-Glazed 07x80 07x80 1W5H Flush-Glazed 13" 10 1/4" 8' Full Lite 8' Full 8' Full Lite 8' Full

Flush-Glazed 1W6H Flush-Glazed Flush-Glazed 1W5H Flush-Glazed SITE 1 Installation (Smooth /Fiber Star Classic) Instructions Installation SDL Bar 1.112

Flush-Glazed1W 11H Flush-Glazed1W 13H F 8' Full Lite ull Lite 18" 2020 29/16" 18"

27/8"

SITE 1 Installation

13 1.1 3 “C” “D” “C” 1 2 “A” “B” “A”

(Smooth Star / Fiber Classic) Star/ Fiber (Smooth 1 3 1 3 2020 2 2 2 2 SDL Bar SDL Installation Instructions 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 Contemporary Right Contemporary Contemporary Right Contemporary Full Lite Flush-Glazed Full 8' Full Lite Flush-Glazed 8' Full 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3

Contemporary Left Contemporary Contemporary Left Contemporary Full Lite Flush-Glazed Full 8' Full Lite Flush-Glazed 8' Full SITE 1 Installation Spring Hinge Instructions Hinge Spring 1.114 exceed fourholesoftension fordoorsopening 90 degrees. Caution: Donot exceedthree holesoftension fordoorsopening 180degrees.Donot Overtensioning willreducethespring life. Adjust spring hinge tominimum tensionrequired tocloseand latchthedoor. NOTE: forthinNFPA80.Formaximumversatility, useallspring hinges. - Themaximumdoorsizeandnumber ofspring hinges required arebased on limitsset - Doorsover5’highrequirethreehinges. Atleasttwoofthethree mustbespringhinges. - Use4”or4-1/2” spring hinge for1-3/4” thickdoors,maximum3’wide X7’high - Use 3-1/2”springhinge for1-3/8”thickdoors,maximum2’8”wideX7’high.

HEX KEY CROSS PIN INSTRUCTIONS FORTHERMA-TRU ADJUSTABLE TENSIONSPRINGHINGE Do not removeheadiffutureadjustmentmay beneeded. To maketension adjustmenttamperproof,snipoffcrosspin atbreak-away head. 5. Repeatsteps1-4,ifnecessary, toincrease springtension. 4. Removehexkey and testclosing action ofdoor. onthehexkey. 3. Insertcrosspin when holesin center Slowly studandhinge knucklelineup. releasepressure Observecautionnotes. Ifadjustment end isdown,turnkey counterclockwisetodesiredspring tension. 2. Ifadjustment endisup,turn hexkeyclockwisetodesiredspring tension. leftdiagram. 1. Placedoorinclosedposition.Insertallen wrenchin hexadjustment holeasshown in adjustment end downdepending on handing. then matchtheotherleaf(with“UL”logo)tojamb.Doing thismay require having First mount thehinges bymatching thehingeleaf(withTherma-Trulogo)todoor, Installation: 2020 LEFT-HAND APPLICATION TOP ON HEX ADJUSTMENT

HEX ADJUSTMENT ONBOTTOM RIGHT-HAND APPLICATION JAMB DOOR SITE 1 Installation 15 1.1 Coil Cladding Coil

1. Install Utility trim flush with jamb rabbet. 1. Install Utility trim 1/4” crown x 1/2” staples Fasten Utility with 12”. approximately every Install Brickmould. 2. Apply dabs of sealant. 3. Apply dabs of sealant. Install Jamb Cover. 3. Apply dabs of sealant. Install Jamb Tuck into Utility. 4. Seal along all seams. 2020 Sealant Sealant Sealant Fastener Jamb Cover Utility

Brickmould / Flat Casing Cover Jamb Section Cladding Jamb Section Venting Sidelite(s) Panel(s) and Units with Fixed Jamb Cover for 2 Piece SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.116 1 PieceJambCoverforUnitswithoutFixedPanels Jamb SectionCladding Flat CasingCover Brickmould /

Sealant Sealant Sealant 2020 2. Applydabsofsealant.InstallJambCover. 3. Sealalongallseams. 1. Applydabsofsealant.InstallBrickmould.

SITE 1 Installation 17 1.1 Coil Cladding Coil

1. Install Utility trim flush with jamb rabbet. 1. Install Utility trim 1/4” crown x 1/2” staples Fasten Utility with 12”. approximately every Install Brickmould. 2. Apply dabs of sealant. 4. Install Outer Jamb Cover 3. Install Dado Cover into Jamb Dado. 2020 Sealant Outer Jamb Cover Jamb Dado Cover Fastener Utility

Brickmould / Flat Casing Cover Jamb Section Cladding Jamb Section Screens Units with Sliding Jamb Cover for 3 Piece SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.118 3 PieceJambCoverforUnitswithSlidingScreens Jamb SectionCladding

Jamb Cover Sealant Sealant 2020 6. Sealalongallseams. 5. InstallJambCover.TuckintoUtility.

SITE 1 Installation 19 1.1 Coil Cladding Coil

2020 Head Sealant Sealant Sealant Side

Corner Cladding Details Corner Panels Units with Fixed Jamb Cover for 2 Piece SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.120 2 PieceJambCoverforUnitswithSlidingScreens Corner CladdingDetails Side

Sealant Head 2020

SITE 1 Installation 1.121 Coil Cladding Coil Sealant Sealant

2020

Corner Cladding Details Corner Screens Units with Sliding Jamb Cover for 2 Piece SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.122 2 PieceJambCoverandTransomUsingasSill Corner CladdingDetails Side

Sealant 2020 Head

Sealant SITE 1 Installation 1.123 Sealant Coil Cladding Coil

2020

Sealant Corner Cladding Details Corner Sill Jamb as Transom Transom Using Jamb Cover and 2 Piece SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.124 2 PieceJambCoverandTransomUsingSlopedSill Corner CladdingDetails Side

Sealant 2020 Head Sealant

SITE 1 Installation 1.125 Coil Cladding Coil

Sealant Sealant 2020

Corner Cladding Details Corner Sill Sloped Transom Transom Using Jamb Cover and 2 Piece SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.126 Entry orPatioMullion Mullion SectionCladding Mullion Cover Cladding Utility

Sealant Fastener 2020 Tuck intoUtility. 2. Applydabsofsealant.InstallMullionCover. approximately every12”. Utility with1/4”crownx1/2”staples rabbet onbothsidesofmullion.Fasten 1. InstallUtilitytrimflushwithjamb 3. Sealalongallseams.

SITE 1 Installation 1.127 Coil Cladding Coil

1. Install Utility trim flush with jamb 1. Install Utility trim of mullion. Fasten rabbet on both sides x 1/2” staples Utility with 1/4” crown 12”. approximately every Install Mullion Cover. 2. Apply dabs of sealant. Tuck into Utility. Cover. 3. Apply dabs of sealant. Install Jamb 4. Seal along all seams. 2020 Sealant Sealant Cladding Utility Fastener Sealant Mullion Cover

Mullion Section Cladding Mullion Mullion Mullion Back or Spread Back to SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.128 Fastener Venting SideliteMullion Mullion SectionCladding Mullion Cover

Cladding Utility Sealant 2020 2. InstallMullionCover.TuckintoUtility. approximately every12”. Utility with1/4”crownx1/2”staples rabbet onbothsidesofmullion.Fasten 1. InstallUtilitytrimflushwithjamb 3. Sealalongallseams.

SITE 1 Installation 1.129 Coil Cladding Coil

2020 Sealant Sealant Sealant

Mullion Interface Cladding Mullion Patio Mullion Entry or SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.130 Entry orPatioMullion Mullion InterfaceCladding

Sealant 2020

SITE 1 Installation 1.131 Coil Cladding Coil

2020 Sealant Sealant Sealant

Mullion Interface Cladding Mullion Mullion Back or Spread Back to SITE 1 Installation Coil Cladding 1.132 Back toorSpreadMullion Mullion InterfaceCladding

Sealant Sealant 2020

SITE 1 Installation 1.133 4/1/05 ge ge of screen. ScreenInstallation www.thermatru.com 1-800-THERMATRU (843-7628) 1-800-THERMATRU Align adapter with ed with adapter Align Fasten with (2) #6 x 5/8” pan head screws. head pan (2) #6 x 5/8” with Fasten locations for latch. Drill 1/16” pilot holes into side jamb. jamb. side into holes pilot 1/16” Drill for latch. locations Close screen door and locate position of latch. Mark hole Mark hole of latch. position locate door and screen Close Fasten with #10 x 1/2” screws. #10 x 1/2” with Fasten from interior of unit. of unit. interior from Drill 1/8” holes thru hole locations in adapter into screen into adapter in locations hole thru holes 1/8” Drill 1750 Indian Wood Circle Maumee, OH 43537 OH Circle Maumee, Wood Indian 1750 8 6 7

© 2005© Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-TruDoors is an operating company of Fortune Brands, Inc. Part#THSINSTALL 2020 Latch #6 x 5/8” #6 pan head screw head pan “WideInstallation Profile” Screen Hinged- Patio Track #10 x 1/2” #10 pan head screw head pan Adapter #4 x 1/2” #4 pan head screw head pan

Fasten track to head jamb with #4 x 1/2” flat head screws. head flat #4 x 1/2” with jamb head to track Fasten engaging wheels in bottom of screen with track on sill. track with of screen bottom in wheels engaging Insert screen into adapter channel and rotate down rotate and channel adapter into screen Insert thru holes in track into head jamb approximately 1/4” deep. 1/4” approximately jamb head into track in holes thru Position track up into screen channel. Drill 1/16” pilot holes holes pilot 1/16” Drill channel. screen up into track Position shown. Insert wheels of top hung adapter into top hung track as hung track top into hung adapter of top wheels Insert Remove existing screen track. screen existing Remove Screen 5 4 3 2 1 SITE 1 Installation Screen Installation Screen 1.134 5 4 3 2 1

Screen Remove existing screen track byrotating the back edge Insert wheels oftop hungadapter into top hungtrack as asyoupryitdown out. Position track upinto screen channel. Drill 1/16” pilot holes shown. or punch with an awl, thru holes in track into head jamb approximately 1/4” deep. Insert screen into adapter channel and rotate down engaging wheels in bottom ofscreen with track onsill. Fasten t to head jamb with #4x1/2” flat head screws. rack panhead screw #41/2”x Adapter panhead screw #101/2”x Track “Wide Profile” Screen Installation - Sliding Patio - Sliding “Wide ScreenProfile” Installation panhead screw #65/8”x Latch 2020

9 8 7 6 ciePassive Active #81”x pan head screw Doubles/Triples: Position screen astragal onpassive screen it so doesnot interfere with head and sill tracks. Pre-drill (4)equally spaced 1/8” pilot holes. Fasten astragal to screen with (4) #8x1” pan head screws. Close screen doorand locate position oflatch onside jamb. Quad Systems Quad Only Align adapter with edge ofscreen. Mark hole locations forlatch. Drill 1/16” pilot holes. Drill 1/8” holes thru hole locations in adapter into screen Fasten with (2)#6x5/8” pan head screws. from exterior ofunit. Fasten with #10x1/2” screws. Quads: Align with edge OPPOSITE of handle side. Align with edge on handle side. SITE 1 Installation 1.135 rotating and rill rill CrimpHere ScreenInstallation Bottomof Door Repeat for remaining door panel. for remaining Repeat stainless steel screws and check for proper alignment for proper check screws and steel stainless Fasten side jamb channel to side brickmould using #8 x 1” x 1” using #8 brickmould side to channel jamb side Fasten channel as a guide. as a channel brickmould using the pre-punched hole in the aluminum the in hole pre-punched using the brickmould SPINDLE MUST FREE. BE Using a 1/8” drill bit, pre-drill a hole into the side side the into hole a pre-drill bit, drill Using 1/8” a to prevent the sweep from sliding out. sliding sweep from the prevent to head jamb miter. jamb head complete freedom of action for of action spindle. freedom complete Note: Ream out center hole by inserting d by inserting hole center out Ream Note: way through on both sides. on both way through bore the three holes 1/2 holes three the bore bottom expander. Crimp the ends of the slot with pliers with slot ends of the the Crimp expander. bottom CAUTION: SURE BE TO POSITION SCREEN THE Be sure the side hinged channel aligns properly with the with properly aligns channel hinged side sure the Be Using a 5/16” drill bit, drill Using 5/16” a DOOR HANDLE SO THAT IT DOESDOOR IT NOT INTERFERE HANDLE SO THAT with a slight wobbling action to clear hole and allow allow and hole clear to action wobbling slight a with holes on both sides on both holes Trim the black rubber door sweep even with the adjustable the with door sweep even rubber black the Trim door . active on the hardware handle the Install OF HANDLE THE SET OPERATION THE WITH three of the Mark center Position the right or left door panel into the frame. the into panel door or left right the Position ON THE PRIMARY DOOR.ON PRIMARY THE adhesive template to door. to template adhesive At desired height, fold self- fold height, At desired

3 4 2 2020 French DoorFrench Hinged Installation Screen 1/1/05 attached expander usin g #8x1” and bottom and panel side jamb side panel Right hinge door hinge Right Astragal www.thermatru.com 1-800-THERMATRU (843-7628) 1-800-THERMATRU

and bottom and expander attached panel side jamb side panel Left hinge door hinge Left French Door Hinged Screen Materials Supplied Materials Screen French Door Hinged Fasten head channel to head brickmould head to channel head Fasten a guide. a using the pre-punched holes in the aluminum channel as channel aluminum the in holes pre-punched using the jambs. brickmould head the in hole a pre-drill bit, drill Using 1/8” a exterior side, centering it between the right and left side left and right the between it centering side, exterior Place head channel at the top of the door opening on the door opening the of top the at channel head Place stainless steel screws. steel stainless 1750 Indian Wood Circle Maumee, OH 43537 OH Maumee, Circle Wood Indian 1750 4 - 3/4” Stainless Steel Screws Steel Stainless 4 - 3/4” 20 - 1” Stainless Steel Screws Steel Stainless 20 - 1” Head Channel Head Package Door Handle (2) Spring Latch 1 © 2005© Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-TruDoors is an operating company of Fortune Brands, Inc. Part#DDSINSTALL SITE 1 Installation Screen Installation Screen 1.136 6 5

Place the astragal onthe passive panel (See Inset) allowing Assemble outside handle with button, spindle and spring. Push this assemblyPush through installation holes from outside an 1/8” gap. Top ofastragal shouldbe even with top of buttonDepress to extend spindle. Position latch mechanism of doorasshown. door. Fasten through the center ofthe slot. Close active over holes oninside ofdoor, guiding spindle into panel and adjust astragal foreven gap. rectangular slot in center ofmechanism. Insert (2)machine screws intoscrews threaded sleeves and screweach to down snug position.snug French Door Hinged Screen Installation Screen Installation Hinged French Door 2020

8 7 9 Close both panels and recheck forproper clearance Install the springlatches to the passive doorat the head Position the remaining springlatch to expander and between astragal and active panel (1/8”). Check for using the spacer andprovided. screws Base ofthe latch the strike plate (lip to the outside) to sill. Once proper should be 1/4” from down the head channel. proper latch engagement. Secure the astragal to the location hasbeen determined that so the doorisaligned passive panel bypre-drilling 4holes with a 1/8” drill with frame, fasten with enclosed screws. bit and using4-3/4” screws. Adjust the bottom expander to the desired position. SITE 1 Installation 1.137 ScreenInstallation Install Screen Door withlower sill track. Liftbottom wheels up and engage topguide wheels on head track. Installscreen door by inserting

2020 Head Screen Track Screen SillTrack

SITE 1 Installation Screen Installation Screen 1.138 Side Screentracks(2) 1 two #6x3/4”screws. Fasten topscreentracktoheadjambusing in thetopscreentrackasaguide. 3/4” deepintotheheadjambusingpre-punchedholes Using a3/32”drillbit,twoholesapproximately the sidejambandmullion. from theheadjambstop,makingsuretocenterbetween From theinterior, positiontopscreentrack1/2”back Remove weatherstrippriortoinstallation.

Install Top ScreenTrack Venting Sidelite Screen Materials Supplied TopScreen Track Screen .500 PFH Screws #6 x3/4” 2020

and thatbothsidesarecompletelystraight. Make suretopositionflushwiththetopscreentrack, positioning asshownbelow. samestepsasinstallingtheheadscreentrack, Assemble theleftandrightscreentracksfollowing 2 Re-insert weatherstrip. the screentrack. Push thethumbclipsbackinuntiltheysnapinto the top.Gentlyyetfirmlypressscreenintoplace. Starting atthebottom,insertscreenthenrollintowards installing Note: Makesurethatallthumbclipsarepulledinbefore 3 Install SideScreenTracks Install Screen the screen. .500 Top View Top View Interior Interior .500 SITE 1 Installation 1.139 “D” Measure Measure “D”Distance

Door Surround InstallationDoorSurround 4. trim strips in place using 1 ¾" Screw or nail the B) Install the trim strip on the top of door. strip exterior grade screws or nails, this will ensure the strips are held in place while the glue cures. Fasten with 2 screws at top, middle and bottom installation of the installation strips. 1. from the outside of the left Measure the distance installation strip and the outside of the right 2. Then cut the crosshead installation strip to size 3. Premium and press and apply a ¼" bead of PL firmly into position. Secure the crosshead installation strip to the Note: Follow the guidelines set forth by the house with exterior grade fasteners, the same used on the pilaster installation strips. (Fasten with 2 screws at top, middle and bottom of the This will ensure the strips are installation strip). held in place while the glue cures. install. Note: If vinyl facade, install J-Channel around exterior facade manufacturer to finish facade (caulk, J-Channel, etc), next to the door surround the and trim board to prevent water infiltration and create a beautiful finished exterior. C) opening preparation is complete the installation strips to allow for adequate water Your mitigation. 5/8" J- Channel is recommended for 2020

Door Surround Surround Door Instructions Installation ITEMS YOU WILL NEED: WILL YOU ITEMS • • Saw • measure Tape • Hammer • Framing square • • Putty knife • Screw gun • 1 ¾" exterior grade screws or nails* • Caulk gun • 2' or 6' level • Adhesive** Premium® Loctite® PL Polyurethane compatible filler to patch holes of fasteners needed. length * Exterior facade may affect Polyurethane trim board or PVC to be Corporation. Premium® is owned by Henkel ** Locite® PL used as installation strips Crosshead & Pilasters Crosshead RECOMENDATION: It is recommended that you install the Door Surround paint. pre-finished with an exterior grade acrylic latex If installing unfinished, coordinate with the paint contractor and ensure that they are using the correct type of paint. Finish all (surfaces of Polyurethane) And always exposed to weather within 90 days. be sure you have plenty of fresh air and adequate ventilation, when painting or staining. Preparation of the Opening prior to Ensure opening is properly flashed and sealed installing door surround (which includes the crosshead and pilasters) to help prevent water infiltration Installation of Trim Strips Installation of Trim A) strips on the sides of the door Install the trim Note: Be sure to include any existing trim 1. Measure the height of the door from the top of the door down to the landing. 2. such as brick mold in your measurement. Cut the polyurethane trim board or PVC 3. Note: if using polyurethane trim board as based on measurements taken above. Install the trim strips by placing a ¼" bead Premium on one side of the trim strip of PL and press firmly into position on the house. Premium to unfinished install strips, apply PL side of the board. SITE 1 Installation Door SurroundDoor Installation 1.140 thepilaster¾"fromrightorleftedge. thebottom.Carefullyandslowlyscrewinto at twoatthetop,inmiddleand minimumof6fastenersoneachpilaster, approximately1/8",similartoscrewinginto countersinkthescrewsintoPilaster you usingexteriorgradescrewsensuringthat Note:Itisrecommendedthatyouusea Finallyfastenthe Pilastertoinstallationstrip andcheckforlevel. drywall. andfirmlypressitontotheinstallationstrips 5. NowpositionthePilasternexttodoor backofthePilaster. ¼"beadofPL Premiumadhesivetothe 4. To dothisyouwillfirstneedtoapplya BegininstallingthePilasters. 3. 2. throughthebackofpillaster. andattachwithexteriorgradescrews theplinthblock,positionblockonpilaster ApplyPL Premiumadhesivetothebackof arelevelatthetopofbrickmould. Attachtheplinth blocktothepilaster. off fromthebottomofpilaster. 1a. heightonthepilastersandcutexcess the Onceyouhaveyourmeasurementmark 1. Note:itiscriticaltoensurethatpilasters top ofthebrickmould. First measurethedistancefromlandingfloorto Installation ofPilasters Plinth Block Pilaster

2020 pencilandframingsquare. a dimension,i.e.Markthemeasurementusing Next,measurefromtherightendofcrosshead 6(3”x2)=48”long. subtract surfaceoftheendcapsare3”,take52and 1c. back attachedendcapstobe52"longandthe and Forexample,ifyouneedthecrosshead thefacade. endcapsthatwouldbeinstalledagainst ofboth themeasurementofbacksurfacewidth subtract breastboardwidthofthecrossheadand desired shortenedtofityourapplication,takethe Fortrimmable crossheadsthatneedtobe door. PilasterourMouldingoneithersideofthe 1b. with SelectanEnd Capwidththatcoordinates instructionsbelow, otherwiseskiptostep2. 1a. the Ifyourcrossheadneedstobecut,follow 1. Installation ofCrosshead entrance opening or pilasters and check forlevel. entranceopeningorpilastersandcheck ofthe ofthecrossheadalignswithouteredge edge oftheentranceopening,ensuringouter on top Placethecrossheadpiecesandendcaps 1f. Cutthecrossheadatpencilmarks. 1d.

Measure SITE 1 Installation 1.141 It is important to use exterior grade filler. It is important to use exterior grade filler.

Door Surround InstallationDoorSurround 2b. It is Next fasten the crosshead to the house. recommended that you use a minimum of 6 screws. Starting on the left end of the crosshead, Place the flat. the first screw ¾" to 1" from the bottom of Place the second screw ½" from the top of the flat, this process in Repeat with the first screw. align 2c. the middle and the right end of the crosshead. the crosshead using exterior When fastening grade screws, ensure that you slowly countersink the screws into the crosshead approximately 1/8", similar to screwing into drywall. the Door Surround Finishing 1. Note: holes in the Now you are ready to fill the pilasters and crosshead (and Keystone, if applicable) where the fasteners were placed. 2. to dry before sanding. Once applied allow Once you have sanded the filler you can now or coordinate the painting touch up with paint with the paint contractor. 2020 For aesthetic purposes, it is For aesthetic purposes, For aesthetic purposes, it is

1g. side of the premium to the a ¼” bead of PL Apply end of the crosshead and the backside perimeter cap. of the rabbeted area of the end cap. Next overlap the left end cap rabbeted end over the cross- Note: head. Use fasteners to secure the end cap to the crosshead. Slowly countersink the screws into the keystone approximately 1/8", similar to screwing into drywall. Repeat with the other end 1h. toe nail end caps to crosshead recommended to If fabricating a keystone to the crosshead follow otherwise move to step 2. the instructions below, onto the crosshead Overlay the keystone and the keystone to the crosshead center it. Fasten Note: Premium on the back by placing ¼" bead of PL side of the keystone and then use fasteners to secure the keystone in place. Slowly countersink Note: If your exterior facade is vinyl, it is the screws into the keystone approximately 1/8", similar to screwing into drywall. recommended to toe nail keystone to crosshead recommended that you install the crosshead so 2. the vinyl siding sits in the J-channel which is located directly behind the top of the crosshead. 2a. to install the crosshead Now you are ready premium to the backside of Apply a bead of PL pilasters. the crosshead and end caps. Next you will firmly press the crosshead into position on the installation strips ensuring that the crosshead is properly centered and level above the door and SITE 1 Fire Door Edge Seal Installation

1 HEAD JAMB APPLY CATEGORY-G EDGE SEAL Measure the width of the head jamb. Cut a piece of edge seal of that length with a utility knife. Peel the (FOR 20 AND 90 end of the edge seal to reveal adhesive. Do not fully separate seal piece from barrier, as this could make MINUTE FIRE the seal difficult to handle. DOOR)

Pull back weather strip and begin placing edge seal LOCK JAMB across the head jamb, moving from one corner to 3 the other corner. Continue to remove the adhesive barrier as you place the seal piece between the Measure the distance from the head jamb to the top- weather strip and jamb. Make sure not to round the most lock strike in the lock side jamb. Cut another edge seal down the side jambs. piece of edge seal and place it behind the weather strip along the lock jamb until you reach the topmost lock strike. 2 HINGE JAMB

Measure the height of the hinge jamb opening and cut another edge seal piece. Begin placing the edge seal behind the weather strip from the head jamb to X the sill like was done across the head jamb. If there is a corner pad, start from the bottom of the corner pad instead of the head jamb. Do not fold the edge X seal onto the sill but leave as small of a gap as possible between the end of the edge seal and sill.

No Gap Measure a new piece after the strike until the next strike or bottom of the door. Cut and place another edge seal in this section, sticking it from top to bottom. Continue to measure, cut, and place new pieces until edge seal reaches the sill with minimal No Gap gap, as was done on the hinge side. Note: Refer to Fire Door listing reports for additional information.

1.142 2020 SITE 1 Finishing Instructions 2.2 2.6 2.9 2.1 2.10 Finishing

2020 ......

SITE 2 Doorlite Frame Finishing Doorlite Frame Finishing Instructions Finishing Painting Tips Astragal Aluminum Painting Finishing Instructions Finishing Instructions 2.2

Para obtener instrucciones en español,www.samedaystain.com visite • Step Specially formulated forTherma-Tru formulated Specially Instructions Finishing SAME-DAY For Doors: Doors: For Prior to staining, be sure to clean and prepare surfaces. STEP 1: • Apply stain when temperatures are between 50° and 90°F DO: StartYou Before STAINING. BEFORE READ CAREFULLY Therma everything needed*Includes a to double stain door system, singledoor witha two approximately 50 sidelitesor ft. sq. of Towatch the videoour of step Pour obtenir des instructions en français, veuillez visiter le site www.samedaystain.com. • (2) Sticks Stir • (2) CanTopcoat oz. of 20 • (1) CanStain oz. of 16 • (1) Bottle oz. Mineral 4 Spirits•of (1) • (2) Cleaning Rags • (1) Staining Rag Synthetic for Brush 2" • Topcoat (1) Natural Stain 3" for • Brush (1) ofGloves Pair • (1) Brush Foam • (1) of real wood, including: including: of realwood, look authentic the tocreate you need everything contains thiskit materials, composite For For All wood surfaces exposed to weather shouldfinished be within two weeks ofexposure. These are optimal • Sand stainable polyurethane door surrounds • Apply stain in directsunlight. or stain Apply • DO NOT: • Apply stain to all exposed edges and endsyour of fiberglass Tip: clean Refer to troubleshooting the on back ofthese instructions to repair any

Approved Therma For For Fiberglass Test Samples

with mild detergent - by Tru -Tru approved -Step Instructions Use a cleaning a Use c SURFACE PREPARATION PREPARATION SURFACE omposite omposite topcoatwhile dew present. is

for Stain Therma

conditionsstaining. for -Tru Composite Materials m

aterials. aterials. and water

Tru -Tru

rag dampened with mineral spiritsto wipe the entire surface, removing

-by

c omposite step -step instructions, visit www.samedaystain.com.

Actual Actual

. .

coverage may vary based on product selected, application method and desired appearance. m aterials

® : polish out anywith scratches very a fine Scotch Briteand pad STAIN , compressed air can be used to blow dust o

®

fiberglass doors, and approved Therma-Tru approved and doors, fiberglass

and relative humidity is below 80%. 2020 D oor , and .

scratches, if necessary.

a pproved Therma

Tru -Tru

c ff

omposite omposite

of deepof grooves. all contaminants. m aterials.

approved ®

SITE 2

Finishing Instructions

2.3 aterials. m

omposite c aterials.

m -Tru

omposite omposite

c -Tru ful not to scratch the glass. the scratch not to ful

pproved Therma pproved grain motion. -grain

ask off any glass and hardware. and glass any off ask eral spirits spirits eral a

m

and and

Finishing InstructionsFinishing

firmly and then remove. remove. then and firmly

grain. grain.

pproved Therma pproved a if applicable applicable if door to practice applying the stain. stain. the applying to door practice 45° angle. Be care angle. Be 45°

circular or or cross circular

it out. out. it of the ,

or on the bristles a with rag.

, s tape down down tape unstained fiberglass test sample. sample. test fiberglass unstained area of of area product. the

time as indicated: as time brush. Remove excess stain brush. from the brush. excess Remove be removed with min removed with be

fiberglass doors, doors, fiberglass Troubleshooting Before Staining section on back the section Staining Before Troubleshooting ing, if necessary. if ing,

a the stain in the direction of the grain. grain. of the direction in the stain the

of of 2020 astragals, if applicable. if astragals, completely finished and dry. and finished completely rs, then apply an additional coat or coats. or coat additional an apply then rs,

periodically tug periodically excess stain. stain. excess

hou 4 –

:

mullions and

tip of the foam brush. foam the of tip strands do not fall off and stick to the product. the to stick and off fall not do strands

testing for dryness and applying topcoat. applying and dryness for testing

desired color. desired

the tape can be removed without taking any of the stain off the sample. the off stain the of any taking without removed be can tape the

sample aside to be used later to test for dryness. for test to later used be to aside sample

15 minutes. 15 paying special attention to the deep grooves and corners. and grooves deep to the attention special paying

– by pushing it in after the door is door the after in it pushing by 10

for directions on how to fill gaps before stain before gaps to fill on how directions for

Tru -Tru Composite Materials Use the fiberglass test sample that best matches your matches best that sample test fiberglass the Use

TEST FOR DRYNESS

to Step 2 for other products. other 2 for Step to ly brushly stained areas, Check for gaps between the glass frame and glass. Refer to Refer glass. and frame glass the between gaps for Check The fiberglass test sample can be used to test for dryness dryness for test to used be can sample test fiberglass The Should you want to start over, the stain on your color test can test color your on stain the over, start to want you Should For best results, apply the stain to one section of the door at door the section stainone of toFor best the results, apply To reduce bristle loss during the blending process, process, blending the during loss bristle reduce To The weatherstrip may be removed from the jambs by gently pulling gently by jambs the from removed be may weatherstrip The

-insert weatherstrip the The stain is completely dry when dry stainThe completely is hour dry. until againIf every it dry, test not is

the Rub sample. test fiberglass the on tape masking of piece a Place Light

3. Wipe rag.dry clean, a 3. with area the Tip: of these instructions natural 3" the using stain the blend application, even an ensure To Tip: Set the remaining fiberglass test fiberglass remaining the Set ThermaApproved piece. scrap a on stain applying practice trimmed, be can product the If hidden a on stain applying practice trimmed, be cannot product the If bristlesThis help loose the will remove so before 6 hours least at for to dry Allow Fiberglass Door: Tip: and reapplied until you reach your reach you until and reapplied Tip: wiping color, the out even to brush foam or rag staining the Use C. Interior panels. sections. flat Interior D. E. Exterior flat sections. brickmould, edges, door wood frame, Door F. ON EXCESSGLASS CLEANING STEPS FOR SEALANT cleaner. glass a standard with area the 1. Spray a at razor scraper, it aholding sealant new with 2. excess the Scrape off applicable. if frame, Glass A. the using panels, door in grooves Deep B. for to dry the stain Allow direction inthe wiping shade, desired the achieve to rag cleaning a Use For darker applications, first allow the 2 stain dry to first allow For darker applications, For lighter shades, wait a few minutes, then rub off the minutes, off rub then For shades,a few lighter wait STEP 4: the stain topcoat, applying for enough dry is stain the if determine To STEP 3: BLEND Tip: STEP 2: COLOR TEST STAINAPPLY AND not stain mixed correctly. dry will stick. stir Improperly Stir stain a the with well TEST COLOR door fiberglass your to directly stain applying to prior staining Practice ADDITIONAL PREPARATION FOR THERMA-TRU® FIBERGLASS FOR PREPARATION DOORSADDITIONAL Skip staining before debris any of glass the clean you that is recommended It THE STAINAPPLY a in surface the into stain the work brush, foam or rag staining the Using Tip: Re SITE 2 Finishing Instructions Finishing Instructions 2.4 Check with the withCheck the product manufacturer of Followthe paintstrip Cho 1. REFINISH TO STRIPPING your • To check for loss ofgloss or roughnessyour of product’s topcoatover MAINTENANCE LONG-TERM DO NOT the topcoatwellStir stir withSHAKE. a stick. TOPCOAT APPLY PROTECTIVE THE STEP 5: Tip: 2. Apply the stripper, working on small areas at a time. *NOTE: this theis only approved productfor use with Lite Dividers and Dentil Shelves. SuperStrip Savogran® Klean Jasco® Premium Paint and Epoxy Remover Multi Surface Multi- Paint CitriStrip® Remover* The topcoat (B) the raised panels second (see Tip: Tip: with thin a layer of loosen the Tip: • Allexterior finishes are affected by exposure to sun,weathering, the Tip: first layer of topcoat. the Therma 3. Remove the stripper Th After applying the applyingAfter the topcoat,clean with the water. brush 2 Wait Same • Usetopcoatthat has been frozen. • Reusetopcoat more than years 3 old. DO NOT: to reapply new a layertopcoat. of

years, but may be less, depe

Tip: For fiberglasswool doors,For 000 steel grade can stripper residue.Rinse well and wipe d offthe remaining4. After stripper. the stain paint or beenhas Wash

is doesis notapply if a

2" synthetic brush. strands do notfall offand stick to the product.

For a fiberg a For

For a fiberglassapply door, a (A) For stripper to the the -Strip® Advanced Paint Stripper Stripper Paint Advanced -Strip® To reduce bristle loss during the topcoat process, periodically tu Apply both layers of topcoat to the sample used for the color test. Apply topcoat in a smooth and even motion. Do not use excessive Use a nylon bristle a brush easier ofand removal for Use paint from stain fiberglass door -Strip® Kwikand Paint Varnish Remover - ose a standard paint stripper. Day® Stain and topcoatbe may purchased from select Tru -Tru

stain.Should this happe

c is milky in appearance but will dry clear. omposite omposite lass door, apply topcoat in the same order in which you

fresh topcoat. s

per manufacturer’s directions and cautions or , or Surfaces should look wet, but not milky. After

according tothe directions provided by the m hidden area was used to color test. a aterials aterials pproved nding uponsite

have

illustration), before moving on to the rest of the door. Therma n, remove the flawed topcoat before it dries by

The below paint removal productshave been approved to use with Therm ry. a a

your fiberglass

factory Make sure the product is completely clean and dry before refinishing. completely sureis Make the andproduct dry clean refinishing. before Tru -Tru

-specific conditions.

also be used. c -applied primer, omposite omposite To apply the topcoat, wet the tips of the 2" synthetic brush to apply a

Shaking causes glass first frame and

door m

s aterials.

– ,

3 hours dealers, or by dealers, or 1 calling or composite for correct use. it

2020

When the When gloss has decreased or the topcoatfeels rough,it’s time might be removed with long exposure to paint strippers.

moisture and air pollutants. Typical durability of the topcoat is 3 paint stripper manuf

removed, clean with mild soap and water to completely remove any

Store your sample in a cool, dry place, away from light. g g applying topcoat, clean the brush with water.

You will use these for long for the first layer to dry.Apply a second thin layer oftopcoat with on the bristles with a rag.

bubbles in the topcoat and can cause improper application.

brush strokes, as this may cause the topcoat to bubble or

time, save your color test sample and compare it periodically to the the applied the stain in Step 2.

wood materials -grain texture.

gently wiping with clean a rag.Touch up the area -877 details.for

acturer

-997 . -8246. If your fiberglass door

This will help remove loose bristles so - term maintenance. term maintenance.

Trua- Door

s ,

or or

single, very thin

a Systems pproved

SITE 2 – . 5

Finishing Instructions TM 2.5

-

2019 -800 t 1

Scotch-Brite

TM Day® Stain and and Stain -Day® A 3M Same

fatal. fatal.

all cautions on product. on product. cautions all For complete details on complete the For details Finishing InstructionsFinishing

is recommended. is

mediately. aterials.

for moredetails. for

m of their respective owners. Part #MAFSI18 REV#MAFSI18 owners. Part respective SEP their of filler or epoxy fiberglass filler may also be used. used. be also may filler fiberglass epoxy or filler

to the area where the glass frame meets the glass. glass. the meets frame glass the where area the to

even if topcoat has already been applied. has already if even topcoat painting staining. or painting

area by buffing in the direction of the grain. grain. of the direction the in buffing by area

cotton swab or small brush (approximately 1/2" width or less). 1/2" or smallbrush width (approximately or swab cotton

artist brush.

omposite 2020 your dealer your c

control lead exposure. Clean up carefully with a HEPA vacuum and a wet wet a and vacuum HEPA a with carefully up Clean exposure. lead control

a clean

-Tru

such assuch CAP™, DAP®

. . pproved Therma pproved a

e irritant. Read all cautions on product. product. on cautions all Read e irritant. nd approved respirator to respirator -approved a , spirits.

www.samedaystain.com orwww.samedaystain.com ask crayon or scratch pencil. Body filler, wood filler, Body pencil. scratch or crayon

doors

may have to be manually etched into these fillers. these into etched manually be to have may

d area with a matching primer or smooth a with matching or the primer d area www.epa.gov/lead

Gaps Between the Glass Frame and Glass: and Frame Glass the Between Gaps – PLEASEREAD!

-Day® Stain -Day®

manufacturer’s warnings and instructions. warnings manufacturer’s

–

Tru Corp. All rights reserved. All trademarks are property trademarks Corp. All rights -Tru All reserved. the excess sealant. A caulk finishing tool, finishing caulk A sealant. excess the If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Call INDUCE VOMITING. NOT imIf a swallowed, DO physician CAN EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST releaseTOXIC. LEAD lead IS dust. may you or old paint, If remove you scrape,sand If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Call a physician immediately. In case of skin or eye contact, flush thoroughly thoroughly contact, Callflush INDUCE orof VOMITING. eye caseskin Inimmediately. NOT If a swallowed, DO physician Tru® fiberglass -Tru® Vapor harmful. Skin and ey and Skin harmful. Vapor Harmful or fatal if swallowed. andirritant.Vapor Read Harmful harmful. eyeSkin swallowed. if or fatal Contains biocide / of fungicide. small quantities Reports have associated repeated and prolonged occupational overexposure to solvents with permanent brain and nervous nervous and brain permanent with solvents to overexposure occupational prolonged and repeated associated have Reports

limited warranty, go warranty, to limited

recommended for buffing. for recommended -Day® Stain -Day®

Fine scratches can be touched up by daubing stain onto the area the onto stain daubing by up be touched can Fine scratches

Apply a sealant that is recommended for use with paint and / or stain or / and paint usewith for recommended is that sealant a Apply Lightly spray scratche spray Lightly Fill the scratch with a wood a wood with scratch the Fill

3. Allow the sealant to cure per the manufacturer’s instructions before instructions manufacturer’s the per cure to the sealant 3. Allow topcoat Therma ©2018 NOTICE: NOTICE: DANGER: DANGER: 1. container. of and disposal handling proper by and sewers of waterways pollution Avoid Follow the sealant Follow 2. Scrape off FIRST AID: physician. a see continues, irritation If water. with thoroughly flush contact, eye or skin of case In WARNING! WOMEN SHOULDESPECIALLY IN PREGNANT ALSO ILLNESS, CHILDREN. SERIOUS AS BRAIN DAMAGE, CAUSE SUCH WearAVOID EXPOSURE. a NIOSH a Hotline Information Lead National the contacting by family your and yourself protect to how out find start, you mop. Before LEAD, or log on toor log on 424-LEAD, use. after containers all Close children. of reach the of out materials all Keep Same DANGER: DANGER: Fiberglass Door NOTICE: or harmful be may contents inhaling and concentrating deliberately by misuse Intentional damage. system FIRST AID: Ifphysician. water. irritation continues, asee with Topcoat for Same 2. Wipecleaning dampened mineral spirits. filler rag with a2. with any excess off Tip: LIMITED WARRANTY5 YEAR For Therma 1. Wipe the surface with mineral with surface Wipethe 1. an or swab cotton a with area scratched the to stain the 2. Apply achieved. is match color until stain the Blend 3. topcoat. applying before dry is stain Wait the until 4. with area the repaired over of topcoat layer fine a 5. Apply CAUTION ventilation. adequate use to important extremely is it topcoats, or paints stains, using when fumes any inhaling avoid To TROUBLESHOOTING STAININGAFTER Fine scratches: Light or scuffs: scratches 1. pad is TROUBLESHOOTING BEFORE STAINING Fine white scratches: disappear. should scratches and spirits mineral with surface Wipethe 1. 2. Clean the repaired area and allow to dry before finishing. before to dry allow and area repaired the 2. Clean 1. Deep scratches: Lightly sand. Grain detail Grain sand. Lightly SITE 2 Finishing Instructions Painting Tips Painting 2.6 . 10. 9. 8. NOTE: For detailed informationon finishing and warranty coverage see “THERMA 7. 6. * 4. 3. www.therma-tru.com. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROPER FINISHINGAND PAINTING OR STAINING” located inthe warranty sectionof the Therma 1. Hints 2. 1. Frames Doorlite Painting 2. 1. Therma- The Painting 5. 3. 6. 5. 5. 4. 3. 2. 4. 7. 6. 5. 8. 7.

Access our website www.thermatru.com for printable versions of the installation and to view our Troubleshooting video for min video for Troubleshooting andviewtoour installation the of versions printable for www.thermatru.com website our Access maintenance. frequent require more will exposures and climates Moresevere rough. or dull becomes whensurface the this do For semi evident. is deterioration any as soon as finishes and sealants replace or Maintain all other surfaces. as regularly Alldoors must into the same location. Refer to the Troubleshooting section. All All PVClite frames, must be finished within 6 months of the installation date. installation issuesand adjustments. All bare wood surfaces (such as door frames) asframes) door (such wood baresurfaces All Ready weatherstrip, it is “friction Paint (or stain All All Therma Coverage:** Continued For Warranty oracrylic an withalkyd Prime Weather Provide and maintain a properly installed cap or head flashing to protect top of surfaces from of surfaces top protect to head flashing or cap installed aproperly and maintain Provide glass. from glazing 45scrape degreea atangle, blade razor the Holding frame. of edge the the along glazing the score to blade razor edge a single Use water.or window a with cleaner spraying by first sealant glazing glass excess any Remove weather remove and glass offhardware,Mask dry completely. to allow and well Rinse (tri a TSP use andwateror detergent with mild first Clean and are compatible. that paint and primer a Use Use a low expansion window and door foam in the cavity between the opening and the unit to reduce to unit the and opening thebetween cavity inthe foam door windowand lowexpansion a Use and seal all joints between the jambs and jambsmoldings. the between joints all seal and head flashing the (WRB)over Barrier Resistive the of Water flap top the seal properly and Tape Wiperemaining residue offwith window cleaner or mineral spirits. Use high Use Countersink all and all withfasteners exteriorcover grade Countersink brickmould. door the to astorm areyouinstalling if screws grade exterior Use perimeter. the around brickmould the through nails galvanizedfinish and set Place to door face and the trim hardwareexterior the between joints the Seal around Caulk dry completely. to allow and well Rinse asolution. TSP use or water, detergent and a with mild frame Clean Use exterior grade paints for outside for exterior grade paints Use Prime doorlite frames with an alkydacrylic oran with doorlite frames Prime Mask off glass. Paint edges and edges of exposed Paint ends door. Use exterior grade paints for outside surfaces. for exterior grade paints Use high Use Only prime the door, the prime Only heat transfer . Therma - to For ContinuedFor WarrantyCoverage: - and approved - - - stripping may be removed by gently pulling out. Re out. pulling gently removedby be may stripping quality acrylic latex house paint, following manufacturer’s directions application. directions for following acrylic latex manufacturer’s paint, quality house quality acrylic latex house paint, following manufacturer’s application instructions. instructions. application following acrylic latex manufacturer’s paint, quality house install smooth white composite components do components white composite smooth install - Tru Tru entire entire –

Fiber-

have all 6 sides finished and 6 out have all for sidesfinished seeNOTE below) according to Therma Tru Tru

Therma-Tru Fiber-Classic Therma-Tru must be finished within 30 days of installationdate. “weather” side of the door system, sealing along the brickmould to the flashing material or siding or siding alongbrickmould flashing to door the the of material “weather”the system, sealing side Classicand Classic approved Door Therma-Trucomposite - fit” and easily removed for painting or staining. If weatherstrip is removed, ensure removed, re weatherstripis is it If that or removed andeasily painting fit” for staining. - Trurecommends OSIQUAD FOAM. - based primer. Allow primer to dry completely. dry to primer Allow primer. based

, Therma or or

Approved Therma- Approved

surfaces.

- Tru Tru - Craft

composite materials composite -

All Therma based primer. Allow primer to dry before applying finish paint coats. finish applying before dryto primer primer. Allow based must be

door systems materials,

- swing doors the sides, top and bottom must be inspected and maintained as and be inspected maintained must bottom and top sides, the doors swing ® epoxy epoxy & Classic-Craft finished - Tru finishing instructions (see NOTE below). Do Not paint or stain the - notrequire finishing - Tru Fiber sodium phosphate) phosphate) solution. sodium

- 2020 must be finished within 6 mont insert after door is completely dry. , andapproved Therma Tru Tru

putty within 2 weeks 2 weeks within

do no

Composite Materials Materials Composite , or use provided hidden fastener system. fastener hidden provided oruse , - Classic

t t prev

need to be primed. be to need

ent ent ® ® .

Fiberglass Door Systems Systems Door Fiberglass

and Classic

air and water infiltration. of installation

- Tru composite materials - -

stripping beforestripping painting. TRU FIBERGLASS and STEELDOOR SYSTEMS -

- gloss or glossy paint or clear coats,

Craft

water intrusion hs** .

or weather. exposure to ®

fiberglasssystems door of the installation date. air& water infiltration

and damage. damage. and

- inserted inserted

,

or

-

Tru webs

SITE 2

ite @ ite Finishing Instructions

2.7

Tru website @ @ Tru website -

the same location. location. same the

and ,

and damage.

Painting Tips inserted into -

air & water infiltration infiltration water & air or exposure to weather. to exposure weather. or

before painting. water intrusion intrusion water

gloss or glossy paint or clear coats, do this this do coats, clear or paint glossy or gloss

-

. TRU FIBERGLASS and STEEL DOOR SYSTEMS SYSTEMS DOOR STEEL and FIBERGLASS TRU

- -stripping -stripping fiberglass door door systems fiberglass

®

of installation of air and water infiltration. water and air

Star -

over the head flashing. theover head

prevent

Composite Materials Tru compositematerials, Fiberglass Door Systems

Tru Smooth Tru -

-

® within within 2 weeks e of the frame. frame. the of e Tru

dry. completely is door after insert 2020 - Star - must be finished within 6 months** of the installation date. date. installation the of months** 6 within finished be must sodium solution.phosphate) - finished finished epoxy putty, useor provided hiddenfastener system. the door face to face to the door

All Therma All swing swing doorsthe sides, top and bottommust maintained inspected be and as Therma- -

frame frame components notdo require finishing based primer.Allow primer to dry before applying finish coats.paint

must be must

Tru finishingTru instructions (See NOTE below). Do Not paint or stainthe weatherstrip, - - Tru Smooth and approved Therma, and

surfaces.

composite materials, r with exterior grade grade exterior with r finishes finishes as soon as any deterioration is evident. semiFor

and Approved and Approved recommends OSI QUAD FOAM. FOAM. QUAD OSI recommends Therma-

door systems door

Tru - Star - “weather” sidesystem,sealing“weather” thematerial ofthe the door to flashing along brickmouldsiding or must be finished within 30 days of installation date. installation of days 30 within finished be must

Tru Door, have all 6 sides finished out allhave 6 and on Smooth For Continued Warranty Coverage: Warranty For Continued

entire fit” and easily removed for painting or staining. forfit” painting and easilyIf removed re or weatherstripis removed, that it is ensure Tru approved Therma-Tru Therma-Tru approved - installsmooth composite white door quality acrylic latex housequality paint, manufacturer’s latex acrylic following application instructions. quality acrylic latex housequality paint, manufacturer’s latex acrylic following for directions application. strippingmay be by removed gently pulling out. Re - - - - to - . Therma . transfer heat -tru.com -tru.com

se paints grade exterior for surfaces. outside All doors must doors must All when thewhen surface becomes rough.dull severeMore or climatesexposures and will morerequire frequent maintenance. adjustments. and issues installation Access our website www.thermatru.com for printable versions oftheinstallation our to view and Troubleshooting forvideominor - “friction it is Refer to the Troubleshooting section. Paint (DO NOT STAIN) according to Therma according STAIN) NOT (DO Paint Maintain replaceor sealants and regularly assurfaces. other all U Mask off glass. off Mask Prime lite door frames with alkyd an or acrylic Use high DO NOT STAIN. Caulk around Countersink all fasteners and cove All bare surfaces wood (such door frames)as Use exterior grade screws if installingyou are storma tothe door brickmould. Sealthe joints between the exterior hardware trim and Place setand finishgalvanized nailsthrough the brickmould around the perimeter. Clean framemild with a and detergent water, or use TSP solution.a Rinse well and allow to completely. dry Paint edges and exposed ends of door. endsPaint exposed of edges and All PVC lite frames, lite PVC All and seal all joints between the moldings.jambs and and Use a expansion low and window door foam in the cavity between the opening and the unit to reduce Wipe remaining residue off with window cleaner or mineral spirits. mineral or cleaner window with off residue remaining Wipe Tape and properly seal thetopflap Water ofthe Resistive Barrier (WRB) Use paints grade exterior for outside All Therma All For Continued WarrantyFor Continued Coverage:** Ready Use a single blade score glazingtheUse edge razor to the along edg a Holding the razor blade at angle,a degree scrape45 glazing from glass. ma Provide maintainand properly a installed cap or flashinghead to protect topsurfaces of from Remove any excess glass glazingsealant first by spraying cleaner with a window or water. Clean first mild with detergent water or and use TSPa (tri Rinse well and allow to completely. dry Mask glasshardware, off and remove weather Weather Use high must be finished within 6 months of the installation date. installation the of months 6 within finished be must

8. “THERMA see coverage warranty and finishing on information detailed For NOTE: 10. 7. 9. 5. 6. 7. 7.

2. 3. 4. 5. 4. 6. 3. 5. 6. 2. Therma the of section warranty the in located STAINING” OR PAINTING AND FINISHING PROPER FOR RECOMMENDATIONS www.ther Hints 1. Painting Doorlite Frames 1. Painting The Therma- 1. 2. 3. 4. SITE 2 Finishing Instructions Painting Tips Painting 2.8 www.ther RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROPER FINISHINGAND PAINTING OR STAINING” located inthe warranty sectionof the Therma 4. 3. 1. Hints 1. Frames Doorlite Painting 4. 3. 2. 1. Door The Painting . 10. 9. 6. NOTE: For detailed informationon finishing and warranty coverage see “THERMA 2. 5. 2. 6. 5. 8. 7. 3. 7. 4. 7. 6. 5.

For ContinuedFor WarrantyAll Coverage: Therma ma and all withfasteners exteriorcover grade Countersink brickmould. door the to astorm areyouinstalling if screws grade exterior Use b the nails galvanizedthrough and finish Place set to door face and the trim hardwareexterior the between joints the Seal andjambs moldings. the between joints all seal from of surfaces top protect to head flashing or cap installed aproperly and maintain Provide Remove high Use Weather weather remove and offhardware,glass Mask dry completely. to allow and well Rinse and detergent with mild first Clean Access our website www.thermatru.com for printable versions of the installation and to view our Troubleshooting video for min video for Troubleshooting andviewtoour installation the of versions printable for www.thermatru.com website our Access maintenance. frequent require more will and exposures climates orMoresevere dull rough. becomes surface whenthe For semi evident. is deterioration any as soon as finishes and sealants replace or Maintain all other surfaces. as regularly All Therma Coverage:** Continued For Warranty installation issuesand adjustments. asframes) door (such wood baresurfaces All Caulk around Caulk Tape and properly seal the top flap of the Water Resistive Barrier (WRB) over the head flashing. the (WRB)over Barrier Resistive the of Water flap top the seal properly and Tape and reduce to unit the and opening thebetween cavity inthe foam door windowand lowexpansion a Use glass. from glazing 45scrape degreea atangle, blade razor the Holding frame. of edge the the along glazing the score to blade razor edge a single Use and edges of exposed Paint ends door. outside surfaces. for exterior grade paints Use Refer to Troubleshoo to the Refer isit “friction- Alldoors must Paint(DO NOT STAIN) according Therma to Wiperemaining residue offwith window cleaner or mineral spirits. STAIN. NOT DO Clean frame with a mild detergent and water, or use a TSP solution. Rinse well and allow to dry completely. to allow and well Rinse asolution. TSP use or water, detergent and a with mild frame Clean Use exterior grade paints for outside surfaces. for exterior grade paints Use high Use acrylic oran withalkyd frames door lite Prime Mask off glass. -tru.com heat transfer . Therma - - - any excess glass glazing sealant by with awindow any spraying excess glass first or water. glazing sealant cleaner stripping may be removed by gently pulling out. Re out. pulling gently removedby be may stripping quality acrylic latex house paint, following manufacturer’s directions application. directions for following acrylic latex manufacturer’s paint, quality house quality acrylic latex house paint, following manufacturer’s application instructions. instructions. application following acrylic latex manufacturer’s paint, quality house - Tru Steel door systems door systems Steel Tru fit” and easily removed for painting or staining. If weatherstrip ensure itis that removed, is orweatherstrip re removedIf andeasily painting fit” for staining. entire entire

have all 6 sides finished andon 6have all out sidesfinished “weather” side of the door system, sealing alongbrickmou door the of “weather”the system, sealing side Therma-Tru Traditions, Profiles and 90 Minute Steel Door Systems Systems Door Steel Minute and90 Profiles Traditions, Therma-Tru ting section. ting - Trurecommends OSIQUAD FOAM.

water a (tri or use TSP must be finished within several days of the installationdate

- - Tru Steel door systems must be finished within several days** of the installation date. Tru - must be

based primer. Allow primer to dry before applying finish paint coats. finish applying before dryto primer primer. Allow based

finishing instructions (See NOTE below). Do Not paint or stain the weatherstrip, weatherstrip, the stain or paint NotDo below). NOTE(See instructions finishing rickmould around the perimeter. perimeter. the around rickmould - swing doors the sides, top and bottom must be inspected and maintained as and be inspected maintained must bottom and top sides, thedoors swing epoxy epoxy finished - sodium phosphate) phosphate) solution. sodium - 2020 insert after door is complet putty. within 2 weeks 2 weeks within

prevent prevent

air and water infiltration. of installation ld to flashingthe materialor andsiding

- -

stripping beforestripping painting. TRU FIBER ely dry.ely -

gloss or glossy paint or clear coats, do this

water intrusion

or exposureweather. to . GLASS and STEELDOOR SYSTEMS

air& water infiltration

- insertedinto the same location.

and damage. damage. and

or - Tru websiteTru @

SITE 2

Finishing Instructions 2.9 , be sure, the temperature is sure, the temperature between and F and humidity is below . N e tete N te oo N NN N t e e eet o eet t e e N eoe t o t t et N pply the paint. If a second coat of paint is need- pply a primer that is recommended by the paint pply a primer that is recommended by manufacturer that you have chosen. drying time recommen- Follow the manufacturers before applying the paint. for the primer, dations paint- he primer must be completely dry before ing. Clean brushes according to manufacturers method. applying a second coat. applying recommendation.

. . N BRUSH-ON APPLICATION . N . the brush following paint manufacturers Clean Aluminum Astragal Painting 2020

Follow the manufacturers drying time recommen- Follow the manufacturers a paint coat. dations for the primer before applying he primer must be completely dry before paint- ing. Clean spray euipment according to manufac- method. turers with paint for mist the astragal hen primer is dry, coverage. Following the spray gun manufac- recommendation for use, applying the paint turers heavy coating as drips void in a sweeping motion. and runs may result. If they do, use a brush to correct. If a second coat of paint is needed, be sure mendations for use, apply the primer in a sweeping mendations for use, apply the primer in heavy coating as drips and runs may void motion. result. If they do, use a brush to correct. second coat of paint. second coat of paint. recommendation. facturers Mist the astragal with primer for coverage. Mist the astragal with primer for recom- Following the spray gun manufacturers Mask around astragal to cover any surfaces not to Mask around astragal to cover any surfaces be painted. be painted ightly sand entire surface of astragal to and clean thoroughly. e to o toete e to o . N . ee oe t ee oe te ot eoee to te t e e t te te o te e te t o e oe . Clean the spray euipment following paint manu- AIR OR AIRLESS SPRAY APPLICATION . GETTING STARTED t t PAINTING ALUMINUM ASTRAGALS ALUMINUM PAINTING o e o e t eteo ooe SITE 2

Finishing Instructions Doorlite Frame Finishing Doorlite 2.10

iihn ytmIsrcinbohr rteCre Tag formoredetailedapplication information. Finishing SystemInstructionbrochureortheCorner Internet at a highquality, exteriorgrade,acrylic-latexhousepaint,OR, TSP solution.Rinsewellandallowtodry. glazing fromglass.Wiperemainingresidueoff withwindowcleanerormineralspirits. blade toscoreglazingalongedgeofframe.Holdingrazorata45°angle,scrape hrru Finishingstit I I FIIF FII FIIF I instructions. Forfurtherinformationcontact: does notcoverdefectsthataretheresultoffinishingorinstallationinaccordancewithour IFI and imperfectionsshouldnotbeconsidereddefects. this doorsystem,andaswithanyhand-craftedproduct,notwoarealike.Slightirregularities I period oftimethanonothersurfaces. I 1750 IndianWood Circle•Maumee,Ohio435371-800-THERMATRU (843-7628)•www.thermatru.com Primefirstwithanalkyd-oracrylic-basedprimerandallowtodry. Then paintwith Durable DoorliteFrame • Can bepaintedorstainedadarkcolor Completecuringofthefinishoverapolymerpartgenerallyrequireslonger thrtruco • Can beusedbehindastormdoor

Our Therma-Tru artisanshavehand-craftedthedecorativeglassin • hrru Finishingstit No warping THERMA-TRU DOORS•Technical ServicesDepartment Use a ASSEMBLED INMEXICO This productiscoveredbyalimitedwarranty. The warranty orcalltollfreeat , contactyourlocal Therma-Tru dealer, visitusonthe 2020 Wet withwindowcleanerorwaterfirst.Userazor Cleanfirstwithmilddetergentandwateror I

Door on . To order a DLLBLTCMSMC 9/5/07 . Seethe

SITE 2 Finishing Instructions 1 2.1 9/5/07 DLLBLBTS • www.thermatru.com • www.thermatru.com Doorlite Finishing Frame

• Clean first with mild detergent and water or • 2020 Wet with window cleaner or water first. Use razor Wet No warping No yellowing • • This product is covered by a limited warranty. The warranty warranty. This product is covered by a limited ASSEMBLED IN MEXICO rics rtnt chnic Can be painted a dark color • Our Therma-Tru artisans have hand-crafted the decorative glass in artisans have Therma-Tru Our Can be used behind a storm door • Complete curing of the finish over a polymer part generally requires a longer Complete curing of the finish over a polymer part generally dry. Then paint with allow to dry. Prime first with an alkyd- or acrylic-based primer and 1750 Indian Wood Circle • Maumee, Ohio 43537 1750 Indian Wood (843-7628) 1-800-THERMATRU Durable BTS Doorlite Frame Durable BTS I I IFI period of time than on other surfaces. no two are alike. Slight irregularities this door system, and as with any hand-crafted product, and imperfections should not be considered defects. or installation not in accordance with our does not cover defects that are the result of finishing instructions. For further information contact: Frames are colorfast and will provide acceptable service if left unpainted, OR, Frames are colorfast and will provide acceptable FII F FII F I exterior grade acrylic-latex house paint. a high quality, TSP solution. Rinse well and allow to dry. solution. Rinse well and allow TSP blade to score glazing along edge of frame. Holding razor blade at a 45∞ angle, scrape blade to score glazing along edge of frame. Holding spirits. with window cleaner or mineral glazing from glass. Wipe remaining residue off I

SITE 2 Finishing Instructions Doorlite Frame Finishing Doorlite 2.12

instructions. Forfurtherinformationcontact: does notcoverdefectsthataretheresultoffinishingorinstallationinaccordancewithour and imperfectionsshouldnotbeconsidereddefects. this doorsystem,andaswithanyhand-craftedproduct,notwoarealike.Slightirregularities dark colorsorinstallingbehindstormdoorswillvoidwarranty. distortion fromheat,DONOT finishindarkcolorsorinstallbehindstormdoors.Finishing within6Months CLEAR COAT tt hrru Finishingstit I Therma-Tru dealer, visitusontheInternetat st it I a highquality, exteriorgrade,acrylic-latexhousepaint,OR, I or TSP solution. Rinsewellandallowtodry. FIIF glazing fromglass.Wiperemainingresidueoff withwindowcleanerormineralspirits. blade toscoreglazingalongedgeofframe.Holdingrazorata45°angle,scrape I IFI I I Corner Door Tag formoredetailedapplicationinformation. 70Ida odCrl • ame ho 33 1-800-THERMATRU (843-7628) 1750 IndianWood Circle•Maumee,Ohio43537 Primefirstwithanalkyd-oracrylic-basedprimerandallowtodry. Then paintwith

• Exteriorframesurfacerequiresfieldfinishforprotection. o notushinstoroor on

• o notinishrcoor To ordera F chnic ricsrtnt Our Therma-Tru artisanshavehand-craftedthedecorativeglassin FbrCascproductsonly):Usea (Fiber-Classic ASSEMBLED INMEXICO SeetheFinishingSystemInstructionbrochureor This productiscoveredbyalimitedwarranty. The warranty

of installation.Failuretodosowillvoidwarranty. To prevent ® Wet withwindowcleanerorwaterfirst.Userazor 2020 • • Cleanfirstwithmilddetergentandwater thrtruco

hrru Finishing , contactyourlocal orcalltollfreeat PAINT ORSTAIN AND • www.thermatru.com DLLBLPVC 9/5/07 SITE 2 Finishing Instructions 2.13 , or

9/5/07 DLLBLFG • www.thermatru.com • www.thermatru.com thrtruco Doorlite Finishing Frame

See the Finishing System Instruction

• To order a To • 2020 Wet with window cleaner or water first. Use razor Wet on This product is covered by a limited warranty. The This product is covered by a limited warranty. ASSEMBLED IN MEXICO Our Therma -Tru artisans have hand-crafted the artisans have Therma -Tru Our rics rtnt chnic II I I F F Complete curing of the finish over a fiberglass product generally Complete curing of the finish over a fiberglass Clean first with mild detergent and water or TSP solution. Rinse well and allow solution. TSP Clean first with mild detergent and water or 1750 Indian Wood Circle • Maumee, Ohio 43537 1750 Indian Wood (843-7628) 1-800-THERMATRU I requires a longer period of time than other surfaces. I any hand-crafted product, no two decorative glass in this door system, and as with should not be considered defects. are alike. Slight irregularities and imperfections IFI of finishing or installation not in warranty does not cover defects that are the result contact: accordance with our instructions. For further information I FII II F I For ssicrt I n Firssic roucts us it Finishing st hrru Finishing st it hrru blade to score glazing along edge of frame. Holding razor blade at a 45° angle, scrape edge of frame. Holding razor blade at a 45° angle, blade to score glazing along spirits. with window cleaner or mineral glazing from glass. Wipe remaining residue off first with an alkyd- or acrylic-based primer and allow to dry. Prime to dry completely. exterior grade, acrylic-latex house paint. Then paint with a high quality, painting. Note: Smooth-Star Doors do not need a primer before visit us on the Internet at dealer, Therma-Tru contact your local call toll free at for more detailed application information. Tag brochure or the Corner Door

SITE 2 Doorlite Frame Finishing

ATTENTION HOMEOWNER

TO REMOVE GLAZING COMPOUND Wet with window cleaner or water first. Use razor blade to score glazing along edge of frame. Holding razor blade at a 45 deg. angle, scrape glazing from glass. Wipe remaining residue off with window cleaner or mineral spirits.

TO FINISH THE FRAME AROUND GLASS It is recommended that a paintable caulk be applied to the exterior and interior frame corner joints (including screw channel covers) to achieve maximum weather and aesthetic performance. Clean entire frame with mild detergent and water or TSP solution. Rinse well and allow to dry.

PAINT Prime first with an alkyd-or acrylic-based primer and allow to dry. Then paint with a high quality, exterior grade acrylic-latex house paint.

STAIN Obtain Therma-Tru available “Buff Primer Kit” and apply to entire frame and all screw channel cover pieces. Allow to fully dry. Apply Therma-Tru available “Stain Kit” to entire assembly according to directions.

LAMINATED GLASS Meets the ASTM C1172 standard for laminated glass. During the stringent laminated manufacturing process, inherent marks may appear. Slight bubbles, lines or surface imperfections are not considered as glass defects.

WARRANTY This product is covered by a limited warranty. The warranty does not cover defects that are a result of finishing or installation not in accordance with our instructions. For further information contact:

• chnic rics rtnt Inin oo irc • Maumee, Ohio• 43537 • www.thermatru.com LABEL TO BE REMOVED BY 9/5/07 HOMEOWNER OR END USER ONLY DLLBLHAT

Impact Frame

2.14 2020 SITE 2 Maintenance 3.3 3.5 3.1 SITE 3 Maintenance

2020 ......

SITE 3 Door System Maintenance Door System Stripping and Refinishing Instructions Stripping Maintenance

3.2

2020

SITE 3 Maintenance 3.3 gloss, you you gloss, s at fails, riser splitting or splitting riser frame frame or lost it lost doors, stripping and stripping doors, c er instructions on d or oak Before topco Before fades. Fading fades. Fading vary. will for prop oss s has or rough gl should be at checked and should inspected n match overall finish. overall match o nts door slabs. slabs. door fail to function, they should be repaired or or be repaired should they function, to fail c Manual for more details. for details. more Manual s or whe or DoorSystem Maintenance

s coat of topcoat will renew the protection over over the protection renew will topcoat coat of uct ce Classic-Craft or Fiber-Classi or Classic-Craft and weathering from the sun, moisture and air air and moisture the sun, from weathering and Stripping to Refinish Stripping 2020 nted sure e todoor the new door was when finished was that of the Prod of - sides, top and bottom - finished. Inspect and maintain maintain and Inspect finished. - bottom and top - sides, for proper instructions on stripping and refinishing. es the sample, if the door seem door the if the sample, n let and dry. Rinse water. and detergent a household firstwith the sampl Fiber-Classic Doors Doors Fiber-Classic Steel Doors Doors Steel all other surfaces. other surfaces. all ems compone associated and or Frame components ared to are Clea or s ar or are affected by expo affected are s must have all edg all have must Stripping to Refinish match overall finish. overall match Finishing Instructions Finishing door syst door s d Stains o for Outswing Door Systems Systems Door for Outswing e -Tru

Pull out and comp and out Pull Special Not Special stripping and refinishing. stripping refinishing. and Paint on Smooth-St door of surface sand lightly doors, on steel finishes deteriorating paint or splitting For cracking, and touch up t door Swing-out Paint Do on Composite For cracking, splitting or deteriorating paint finishes on smooth composite do composite on smooth finishes paint deteriorating or splitting For cracking, these edges regularly a these regularly edges components, lightly sand surface of part and touch up t up touch and part of surface sand lightly components, For cracking, splitting or deteriorating paint finishes on grained composite door frame door grained composite For finishes on splitting cracking, deteriorating paint or required. be stripping components, and refinishing may to SITE 3 Refer Refer to SITE 2 to SITE Refer reapply freshreapply topcoat. 3-5 year every theapproximately topcoat Reapply Whencomp periodically. need door. to re-topcoat your Paint on Classic-Craft paiof etc., splitting, fading, cracking, For 3 SITE to Refer required. be may refinishing pollutants. A simple application of a maintenan a of application A simple pollutants. - Finishes an Clearcoats Fiber-Classi and on Classic-Craft surface the stained All Therma All finishe exterior All least once a year for the following conditions: fading of door finishes, weatherstrip weatherstrip seal finishes, door of fading conditions: following thefor a year least once threshol vinyl and wear, gasket sill or gasket bottom door inadequacies, these component of if any inspection Upon cracking. replaced as follows. HINT: SITE 3 Maintenance Door System Maintenance System Door 3.4 threshold outswingsillon sillgasketsthe If door weatherstrip. Refer SITE replace.to of sill.the needs Refer to Product Manual table of contents for condition. door and sealing type specific to Product Manual tableof Refer seal a caulk seal and reseal area. to fails If leakage), perform remove existing (i.e. water Areas - Sealing/Resealing Section or SHOP Assembly Sectio arseal pads corner If Pads Seal - Corner replaced.be Remov vinylthe threshol If -Vinyl Thresholds and replacement installation. replaced.be Remov the Ifriser for adjustablean sill fail Adjustable Sills for -Risers the Ifdoor bottom gasket fail SillGaskets and - DoorBottom tearing, etc.) weatherstrip the need weatherstrippingthe If fail -Weatherstripping etc.), the etc.), the door bottomneed

bottominstallation. to bereplaced.existingPullandto replace gasketin the gasket the selection and replacement installation. d e e fail e theexistingthreshold an theexisting riser an 5 torn or missing, replacecorner seal pads.Refer to SITE Installation s Weatherstrip Replaceme oprom(.. pitn,cakn,etc.), vinyl the threshold need to perform (i.e., splitting, cracking, s s to performto (i.e., notsealing the door systemproperly, cracking, s to be replaced with bereplacednew a to do to performto (i.e.,splitting, cracking,pulling away doorfrom slab, s s fail ns s to performto (i.e.,splitting, cracking, etc.), the ri to be replace to s for adjustablefor andbasic fixedsills. to performto (i.e., splitting, cracking, etc.), the sill gasket d replace. Referreplace. 5 to SITE propfor 2020 d replace. Refer SITE to replace. nt d.

for properinstallatiofor Removeexisting the and weatherstripping or bottom. SeeSHOP 3 for proper g 5 n for proper functioning for for propervinylfor ofreplacement er ri e selection ser ser needs to to needs ser SITE 3 s to to s Maintenance

3.5 s

. .

Tru composite material Tru composite -

2020 The below paint removal products have been been have products removal paint The below Components. and Tru Doors a- manufacturer’s directions and cautions for correct use correct for cautions and directions manufacturer’s

Stripping and Refinishing Instructions Refinishing and Stripping according to the directions provided by the paint stripper stripper the paint by provided directions the to according is completely clean and dry before refinishing. before dry and clean completely is Surface Paint Remover* Paint Surface - applied primer, it might be removed with long exposure to paint strippers. paint to long exposure with removed be might it primer, applied - purpose cleaner to completely remove any stripper residue. Rinse well and well Rinse residue. stripper any remove to completely cleaner purpose

Strip® Kwik Paint and Varnish Remover Varnish and Paint Strip® Kwik - a factory Strip® Advanced Paint Stripper Paint Advanced Strip® - Use a brass wire brush, nylon bristle brush or grade 000 steel wool for easier removal of removal for easier wool steel 000 grade or bristle brush nylon brush, wire a Use brass graintexture. wood the from stain and paint wipe dry. wipe door Make sure with an all- with Wash off remaining stripper. After the stain or paint has been removed, scrub the door scrub removed, been has paint or stain the After stripper. remaining off Wash Follow the paintstripper Follow Apply stripper to the rest of the door. Work on small areas at a time. time. a areas at Work small on the door. of rest the to stripper Apply Follow the paint stripper manufacturer’s directions and cautions for correct use. correct for cautions and directions manufacturer’s stripper the paint Follow manufacturer. If your fiberglass doors, or approved Therma approved or doors, fiberglass If your manufacturer. Remove the stripper the stripper Remove have Apply stripper to doorlite frames first and raised panel inserts second (see illustration). (see second inserts panel raised and first frames to doorlite stripper Apply *NOTE: this is the only approved product for use with Lite Dividers and Dentil Shelves. Dentil and Dividers Lite with use for product approved only the is this *NOTE: Savogran® SuperStrip Savogran® Klean Savogran and SuperStrip are of registered trademarks and SuperStrip Company. Savogran the Savogran Choose a standard paint stripper. stripper. paint standard a Choose approved to use with Therm with to use approved Multi Remover Epoxy and Paint Premium Jasco® CitriStrip® Multi

4. 3. 2. 1.

-StrippingRefinish to

SITE 3

3.6 2020 SITE 3 Trouble Shooting 4.3 4.4 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.1 4.11 4.10 4.12 ...... SITE 4 Troubleshooting

...... 2020 ......

SITE 4 Miniblind Does Not Operate Properly Miniblind Does Not Air and/or Light Leak at Top or Bottom of Jamb Light Leak at Top Air and/or Water Leakage Around or Under Sill Around or Leakage Water System Perimeters Around Door/ Leakage Water Around Lites Leakage Water Designline Panels Around Fiber-Classic Leakage Water Open or Close Properly Not Door Will Adjustment Instructions Spring Loaded Hinge Classic-Craft & Smooth-Star Raised Panels are Loose or Have Come Off Raised Panels are Loose Classic-Craft & Smooth-Star Trouble Shooting

4.2

2020

SITE 4 Trouble Shooting

4.3 Refer to… Refer Air Light and/or SITE 1 - Pre-hung Unit Installation SITE 1 - Pre-hung Unit Installation SHOP Frame SHOP Assembly Sections SITE 1 - Pre-hung Unit Installation for Adjustable Sills SITE 1 Corner Seal Pad Instructions Site 5 - Weatherstrip Weatherstrip Site 5 - Replacement

Solution 2020 Leak at Top or Bottom of Jamb or Bottomof Top at Leak Realign, reshim, readjust lockside jamb so door meets weatherstrip evenly from top to bottom. Adjust strike plate for tighter fit. Replace pads. Replace weatherstrip. Cause

: Air and/or light leak at top or bottom of jamb. top or bottom light leak at Air and/or : PROBLEM Door not meeting weatherstrip evenly when it closes, hitting the top or bottom first. Door loose in frame, with excessive in-and-out movement when latched. Bottom corner seal pads missing or removed. Weatherstrip missing. Weatherstrip painted. Weatherstrip cracked, torn or Weatherstrip damaged. SITE 4 Trouble Shooting Water Leakage Around orUnder Sill 4.4 the unitcloses. bunch upandwrinklewhen door bottombulbsealto Damaged sillsaddlecausing Humped sill. bottom’s sealingcapacity. beyond rangeofdoor Sill humpedordepressed meets thejamb. Broken sealwherethesill between sillandsubfloor. and/or sealantbreakdown Improper/insufficient sealant weatherstrip. Damaged orpainted the toptobottomfirst. evenly whenitcloses,hitting Door notmeetingweatherstrip PROBLEM: Water leakagearoundorundersill.

Cause screw down. Replace thesaddleand sill inplace. sealant undersillandanchor Elastomeric andPolyurethane sill tostraighten.Resealwith Shim jamblegsuptoallow door bottom. Replace anywrinkled/torn galvanized screws. holes andsecuringwith straight bydrillingpilot Anchor silltodrawdown and reapplycornersealpad. meet. Replaceweatherstrip entire jointwherejambandsill Polyurethane sealantalong place abeadofElastomericand out weatherstripatbottom,and Remove cornersealpad,pull sealant. Elastomeric andPolyurethane Reseal undersillusing Replace weatherstrip. from toptobottom. meets weatherstripevenly lockside jambsodoor Realign, reshim,readjust Solution 2020

Replacement SITE 5- Weatherstrip Unit Installation SITE 1-Pre-hung Unit Installation SITE 1-Pre-hung Unit Installation SITE 1-Pre-hung Threshold Replacement SITE 5- Adjustable Sill Refer to… SITE 4 Trouble Shooting 4.5 Refer to… Refer SHOP 3 - Door 3 - Door SHOP and Bottom Selection Installation SITE 1 - Pre-hung Unit Installation SITE 1 - Pre-hung Unit Installation

2020 Solution Water Leakage Around or Under Sill or Under Around Leakage Water Replace door bottom, Replace door bottom, sealing first. hinge Make sure LONG are screws provided in the top properly installed hinge through the jamb to the stud. If jamb is twisted along length of the members, straighten it by reshimming to eliminate the twist and maintain an even head margin. Usually caused by plumb frame members sitting on unlevel floor/sill area. Free lowest jamb leg and shim it up to level the sill and maintain an even head margin. Shim under sill if necessary. Cause

Jamb out of square to door. Jamb out of alignment. Door sagging out of square in Door sagging out frame. Damaged door bottom. : Water leakage around or under sill. around or leakage : Water PROBLEM SITE 4 Trouble Shooting Door/ System Perimeters Water Around Leakage 4.6 meet thejamb. fixed unitsideliteswherethey andor breakdownaround Improperincomplete seal around orontopofunit. andor sealantbreakdown Improperincomplete seal the toporbottomfirst. evenly whenitcloses,hitting Door notmeetingweatherstrip PROBLEM: Water leakagearounddoor/systemperimeters.

Noise Reduc Noise Steel Edge (Steel Frame) Edge (Steel Steel Steel Edge Frame)(Wood Steel Steel Wood EdgeSteel FC/SS Classic Classic Cra Noise Reduc Noise Steel Edge (Steel Frame) Edge (Steel Steel Edge Frame)(Wood Steel Steel Wood EdgeSteel FC/SS Classic Classic Cra Noise Reduc Noise Steel Wood EdgeSteel FC/SS Classic Classic Cra e Shorter .48” � � � � � � on on on Short .65” ig ieLc ieHead Jamb Lock Side Hinge Side ig ieLc ieHead Jamb Lock Side Hinge Side ig ieLc ieHead Jamb Lock Side Hinge Side system integrity. Polyurethane sealanttorestore Reseal withlastomericand sealant aroundbrickmold. lastomeric orPolyurethane Properly flashandorsealwith from toptobottom. meets weatherstripevenly lockside jambsodoor Realign, reshim,readjust � � � �

� � U1Revised oto Medium .73” Book Size Book 2020 Hybrid

� � � Long .93” nit Installation I -Pre-hung nit Installation I -Pre-hung � � � ee to Magnetic Astragal Astragal Astragal � � � SITE 4 Trouble Shooting 4.7 Refer to… Refer SHOP 3 - Doorlite and SHOP Designline Panel Installation Doorlite and 3 - SHOP Designline Panel Installation

Water Leakage Around Lites Around Leakage Water 2020 Solution Tighten doorlite screws. Tighten around Apply sealing tape of interior inside perimeter frame if required. and Seal with Elastomeric around lite Polyurethane sealant perimeter and/or paint or repaint the perimeter to form a paint seal. Replace doorlite. Cause

: Water leakage around lites. around leakage : Water PROBLEM Glass-to-lite frame seal breakdown. Door face-to-lite frame seal Door face-to-lite breakdown. Loose lites. SITE 4 Trouble Shooting Fiber-Classic Designline Panels Designline Fiber-Classic Water Around Leakage 4.8 breakdown. Door face-to-panelseal Loose panels. PROBLEM: Water leakagearoundFiber-ClassicDesignlinepanels.

Cause paint seal. repaint theperimetertoforma panel perimeterand/orpaintor Polyurethane sealantaround Seal withElastomericand frame ifrequired. inside perimeterofinterior Apply sealingtapearound Tighten screws.

Solution 2020

Installation Designline Panel SHOP 3-Doorliteand Refer to… SITE 4 Trouble Shooting 4.9 ee to ee I - Pre-hung nit I - Pre-hung Installation nit I - Pre-hung Installation I - Pre-hung nit Installation I - Pre-hung nit Installation

2020 oto Realign, reshim, readjust Realign, reshim, the door lockside jamb so meets the weatherstripping to bottom. evenly from top strike plate. Realign adjustable Make sure hinge screws provided are properly installed in the top hinge through the jamb to the stud. sually caused by plumb frame members sitting on unlevel floorsill area. Free lowest jamb leg and shim it up to level the sill and maintain an even head margin. Install long screws into side jambs between hinge locations. Door Will Not Open or Close Properly Openor Close Not Will Door e

: Door will not open or close properly. will not open : Door PROBLEM Frame out of suare uneven silldoor bottom margin. djustable strike plate not djustable strike properly aligned. Door sagging out of suare in frame uneven head margin. Door not meeting weatherstrip Door not meeting hitting evenly when it closes, first. the top or bottom Door interferes with jamb between hinge locations. SITE 4 Trouble Shooting Adjustment Instructions Hinge Loaded Spring 4.10 difficult. to slamandmakeopening Too muchforcecausesdoor door. force tocloseandlatchthe Hinge doesnothaveenough PROBLEM: Doordoesnothaveenoughortoomuchforce.

Cause adjustable tension. a standardhingewithout Replace oneofthehingeswith Another hingemayberequired. shorten thelifeofhinge. necessary. Overtighteningmay action ofdoor. Repeatif allen wrenchandtestclosing Re-insert crosspin.Remove hole andturnuntilholeslineup. allen wrenchinhexadjustment Remove crosspin.Insert9/64”

Solution 2020

Instructions. SITE 1-Installation Refer to… SITE 4 Trouble Shooting

1 4.1 Refer to… Refer - - SHOP 3 - Doorlite and SHOP Designline Panel Installation

2020 Solution Panels are Loose or Have Come Off Come Have or Loose are Panels Classic-Craft Smooth-Star & Raised Reapply by removing panel. Reapply by removing door with Clean panel and taking Alcohol, 70% Isopropyl old adhesive. care to remove all tape. Apply new adhesive pressure. Apply adequate Cause

: Panels are not sticking - need to re-apply - need are not sticking : Panels PROBLEM Door face to panel adhesive Door face to panel tape breakdown. SITE 4 Miniblind Does Not Operate Properly

PROBLEM: Miniblind does not operate properly.

Cause Solution Refer to… Handle not attached. Reattach the handle. Tilt the handle and place it back into the track. Slide the handle up or down the length of the track until two audible clicks are heard.

Blinds are uneven. Slide the handle up and down the entire length of the track to bring the blinds back to a straight and even position.

Parts need replaced. Replacement handle and additional caps for the ends of the track can be ordered by visiting www.thermatru.com or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-THERMA-TRU.

4.12 2020 SITE 4 Repair and Replacement 5.3 5.6 5.1 5.13 5.21 5.22 5.24 5.27 5.29 5.31

2020 ...... SITE 5 Repair and Replacement and 5 Repair SITE ......

SITE 5 Repairing Therma-Tru Door Slabs Door Therma-Tru Repairing Sidelite Slab Replacement Sidelite Slab Replacement Mull Post Weatherstrip Replacement Weatherstrip Replacement Adjustable Sill Threshold Threshold Replacement Basic Fixed Sill Vinyl Frame Replacement Doorlite Glass and Application(Continuous Sill) Storm Door Strip Clip Replacement Instructions Astragal Spring 7/8” Repair and Replacement

5.2

2020

SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 5.3

Reprime Area Using Touch-up Paint Area Using Touch-up Reprime 2020 Repairing Therma-Tru Door Slabs Door Therma-Tru Repairing

Fill Chips and Sand Smooth Fill Chips and damage to wood Fill minor cosmetic type wood putty. stiles with a hardening File and sand smooth. Stile Chips SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Repairing Therma-Tru Door Slabs 5.4

the existingfactory-appliedprimer. If possible,donotsandthrough Roughen using100gritsandpaper. Clean surfacesurroundingdent. Clean andRoughenSurface Steel Door DentRepair sandpaper. or orbitalpowersanderwith220grit Sand repairusingalarge sanding block Sand DentRepair sanding. Overfill toaccountforshrinkageand Smooth usingawide-bladeputtyknife. body-filler compound. Kit (Part#MS00DRK)oranautomotive Fill dentusing Therma-Tru DentRepair Fill Dent 2020

SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 5.5 MSWHAF2 MSWHSED Part Number Part MSCCMAB-01 MSWHABP-01 MSWHSABP-03

2020 Repairing Therma-Tru Door Slabs Door Therma-Tru Repairing on c, and Fiber-Classicand c, Primer MSCCAB-01 ti ti Mahogany Primer Mahogany ft Descrip SteelWhite Primer SteelPrimerFrame Smooth-StarPrimer SteelPrimer Door Edge Classic-Cra Canvas, Oak, Rus Oak,Canvas, ft

Re-prime Re-prime Area(s) Repair exposed, paint If bare metal was a primer entire repair area with containing rust inhibitors. Re-prime repaired area using Re-prime repaired a If touch-up primer. Therma-Tru was used, let rust inhibiting primer dry thoroughly before applying touch-up primer. Therma-Tru Classic-Cra For minor scratches in Smooth-Star doors, use Smooth-Star White Primer (Part # MSWHSABP-03) White Primer (Part # MSWHSABP-03) For minor scratches in Smooth-Star doors, use Smooth-Star to touch up. For minor scratches in Classic-Craft Canvas, Oak, Rustic or Fiber-Classic doors, use Classic-Craft & For minor scratches in Classic-Craft Canvas, Oak, Rustic or Fiber-Classic (Part # MSCCAB-01) to touch up. Primer Fiber-Classic # MSCCMAB) to touch up. For minor scratches in Classic-Craft Mahogany doors, use Primer (Part For deep scratches, fill with crayon or patch pencil. not recommend any other repair procedures for composite doors. does Therma-Tru Classic-Craft, Fiber-Classic and Smooth-Star Skin Repair and Smooth-Star Classic-Craft, Fiber-Classic THERMA-TRU TOUCH-UP PRIMERS THERMA-TRU TOUCH-UP SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Sidelite Slab Replacement Slab Sidelite 5.6 “mulled” jambs,removecasingtherealso. If postbetweensideliteanddooristwo Remove andsetasidecovemolding. Inside Vertical Casingifapplicable Remove CoveMoldingand

marking thelocations. knife bladeinthemargins and Find fastenersbyrunningaputty Locate Fasteners 2020

Tack onProtectiveStrips slab. and mullionfacesadjacenttosidelite Tack onsoftwoodstripstoprotectjamb SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 5.7 Cut Sealant Joints On outside face of unit, use putty knife head and cut through sealant joints along and at sides. Sidelite SlabReplacement

2020

Use a reciprocating saw with a metal Use a reciprocating through fasteners. cutting blade to cut Run sawblade in margin. strip. Remove softwood Cut Through Fasteners Cut Through SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Sidelite Slab Replacement Slab Sidelite 5.8 Frame. Cut awayalloldfastenersflushwith Cut awayandcleanoff alloldcaulking. Prepare OpeningforNewSlab

Push slabthroughfromoutside Remove Slab . 2020

SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 5.9 .

(Elastomeric or Polyurethane) Outswing Sill Apply a 1/4” bead of sealant on saddle surface that contacts door face. Apply a generous amount of sealant at joints where sill and jamb/mullion meet. Apply a 1/4” bead of (Elastomeric or Polyurethane)sealant approx 1” above weatherstrip kerf, 6” long. Inswing Sill Apply a generous amount of (Elastomeric or Polyurethane) sealant at joints where sill and jamb/mullion meet. Apply a 1/4” bead of (Elastomeric or Polyurethane) sealant approximately 1” above weatherstrip kerf, 6” long. Seal Perimeter (Elastomeric or Apply 1/4” bead of Polyurethane) sealant around entire and/orperimeter on jamb stops. mullion Sidelite SlabReplacement

2020 Sealant Mullion Sealant Outswing Inswing Sealant Weatherstrip channel

Head Mullion system shown Mullion system SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Sidelite Slab Replacement Slab Sidelite 5.10 Staple

eeta(lsoei rPluehn)saatta rvdsexcellentadhesiontobothplasticandwood. sealantthatprovides Polyurethane) Select a(Elastomericor Fasten doorbottomtosideliteslabwith1”staplesor#8-15x3/4”Phillipsdualanglewaferhead Apply (ElastomericorPolyurthane) sealantalongchannelonbottomofinactive door bottom. Sealant Sealant pl /”ba f(ElastomericorPolyurethane)sealanttotopsurfaceofdoorbottom. Apply a1/4”beadof Inswing Inswing Inswing Exposure Markets. of sealantinHigh to useanextrabead It isrecommended

o 4 n agrsasuse5ormorefasteners. For14”andlargerslabs

Exterior type 17gimletpointscrews.

Caulk DoorBottom Caulk DoorBottom Attach DoorBottom 2020 Note:

Sealant Staple Outswing Outswing Outswing Exterior SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 1 5.1 Attachment Flange Install inactive fixed panel by Inswing - tilting bottom edge of panel so inactive door bottom aligns with sill attachment flange. Sidelite SlabReplacement

2020 Inswing Outswing To ensure proper seal of inactive door bottom To against sill, shim head of inactive fixed panel. Locate shims near corners and slide shims between head jamb and inactive panel. putty knife may be required for this operation. A Be careful not to damage face of panel. Install New Sidelite Slab Install New Shim

, Shim Inactive Fixed Panel

Mullion system shown Mullion system shown Install Sidelite Into Frame Place sill end first, mating bottom to plastic sill if necessary. Use putty knife blade at top to aid insertion of slab in frame. Sidelite panels are nominally 1/16” narrower than frame opening, for 1/32” clearance on each side. SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Sidelite Slab Replacement Slab Sidelite 5.12 bottom andevenlyspaced. beginning 8”fromtopand Space fourfastenersalongbothsides, Fasten NewSideliteSlab

Applications) Jamb &Mullion to both"Mulled" Application (Applies Outer Jamb to slab to slab andfastenframe screws Use 2”exteriorgrade through frame. Drill angledpilotholes door trim (applied door trim later). not tointerferewith Sink screwheadinsoas or exteriorgradescrews. using 2”finishingnails Fasten throughmullion Mullion Application later). mullion casing(applied as nottointerferewith Sink screwheadinso to slab and fastenframe screws Use 2”exteriorgrade through frame. Drill angledpilotholes Application “Mulled” Jamb at pilotholes. at pilotholes. 2020

grade screw nail orexterior finishing 2” 2-1/8” deep Pilot hole grade screw 2” exterior grade screw 2” exterior 2-1/8” deep Pilot hole SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 5.13 Mull Post Replacement Post Mull Remove Cove Molding and Casing if applicable Inside Vertical Remove and set aside cove molding from inactive panel and set aside. If post is two “mulled” jambs, remove vertical casing.

2020 Remove Long Hinge Screws mullion NOTE: Inactive slab is fastened to with four long (2-1/2”) hinge screws. Locate and remove long screws. Set aside.

Unlatch door and remove hinge pins. Unlatch door and door and set aside. Carefully remove Remove Active Remove Door SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Mull Post Replacement 5.14 fasteners. Runsawbladeinmargin. metal-cutting blade,slicethrough using areciprocatingsawwith If anyfastenersarefound, check. between slabandmulliontodouble- Run aputtyknifebladedownmargin to fastenslab. no otherstaplesorscrewswereused Examine mullioncarefullytoensure Mullion SideFastening Remove AnyAdditional

2020

and atsides. and cutthroughsealantjointsalonghead On outsidefaceofunit,useaputtyknife Cut SealantJoints SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 5.15 Mull Post Replacement Post Mull

2020 .

Push slab through from outside Push slab through Remove Slab Remove Cut away and clean off all old caulking. Cut away and clean off Cut away all old fasteners flush with Frame. Prepare Opening for New Slab SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Mull Post Replacement 5.16

from sill. and adjustablesaddle Remove cornersealpad CAUTION: Systems: Adjustable Sill Saddle Adjustable 2020

and cleanoff alloldcaulk. sill substrate.Cutaway flush withheadframeand Cut awayalloldfasteners and sillmortisepockets. mull postcleanfromhead Use achiseltosplitendsof head andsillaspossible. Cut mullpostlooseascloseto SITE 5 pad Corner seal Repair and Replacement 5.17 Pilot hole Head Jamb Sealant Mull Post Replacement Post Mull Mullion

Mullion end cut for adjustable sill shown. 2020 2” exterior grade screws Slide head end of mull post into head mortise pocket. Slide head end of mull post into head

Pre-drill holes on an angle through mull post and then secure with screws into sill and head frame. Install New Mull Post Install New or Polyurethane sealant Apply Elastomeric post and insert into to bottom end of mull sill detail. SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Mull Post Replacement 5.18 Mullion systemshown

Head channel Weatherstrip Sealant Inswing Outswing Sealant Mullion Sealant 2020

eiee njm n/rmullionstops. perimeter onjamband/or sealantaroundentire Polyurethane) Apply 1/4”beadof(Elastomericor Seal Perimeter weatherstrip kerf,6”long. approximately 1”above or Polyurethane)sealant Apply a1/4”beadof(Elastomeric jamb/mullion meet. sealant atjointswheresilland (Elastomeric orPolyurethane) Apply agenerousamountof Inswing Sill long. 1” aboveweatherstripkerf,6” or Polyurethane)sealantapprox Apply a1/4”beadof(Elastomeric jamb/mullion meet. sealant atjointswheresilland Apply agenerousamountof face. door contacts that surface saddle sealant on (Elastomeric orPolyurethane) Apply a1/4”beadof Outswing Sill

SITE 5 . Repair and Replacement 5.19 Attachment Flange Install inactive fixed panel by Mull Post Replacement Post Mull Inswing - tilting bottom edge of panel so inactive door bottom aligns with sill attachment flange.

2020 Inswing Outswing To ensure proper seal of inactive door bottom To against sill, shim head of inactive fixed panel. Locate shims near corners and slide shims between head jamb and inactive panel. putty knife may be required for this operation. A Careful not to damage face of panel. Install Sidelite Into Frame Install Sidelite Shim

, Shim Inactive Fixed Panel

Mullion system shown Mullion system shown Install Sidelite Into Frame Place sill end first, mating bottom to plastic sill if necessary. Use putty knife blade at top to aid insertion of slab in frame. Sidelite panels are nominally 1/16” narrower than frame opening, for 1/32” clearance on each side. SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Mull Post Replacement 5.20 Slab unit. Re-apply covemoldingtothenewsidelite Inside Vertical Casingifapplicable Re-apply CoveMoldingand

Polyurethane sealantatjoints Apply additionalElastomericor inactive slab,frameandsill. Examine exteriorjointsbetween Replace activeslab. Replace jambcasing. Finish Up if required. 2020

SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 5.21

Weatherstrip Replacement 2020 Press-In Weatherstrip Press-In Remove existing weatherstrip from jambs. Replace with new compression weatherstrip. Apply compression weatherstrip to jamb. Apply compression weatherstrip to Remove weatherstrip. Nail-In Weatherstrip Nail-In or putty knife Use a sharp chisel weatherstip to break nails between and jamb.

SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Adjustable Sill Threshold Replacement 5.22 Clean off excesssealant. Remove cornersealpads. Break anysealantbonds. Remove CornerSealPads

Saddle Adjustable Saddle Adjustable 2020

threshold isremoved. aluminum channelafteradjustable Carefully removesillgasketfrom remove threshold. Unscrew adjustmentscrewsto Remove ExistingThreshold SITE 5 pad seal Corner Repair and Replacement 5.23 Apply Corner Seal Pads After final threshold adjustments, apply a bead of Elastomeric or Polyurethane sealant at sill jamb joint Remove paper backing from pad and apply pad to jamb with bottom edge down against sealant, tucking behind weatherstrip. Corner seal pad

2020 Adjustable Saddle Adjustable Sill Threshold Replacement Threshold Sill Adjustable Adjustable Saddle

NOTE: It may be necessary to NOTE: It may be so it fits trim new threshold ends equally. both Trim properly. screw down Insert threshold and adjustment screws. aluminum Insert sill gasket into threshhold channel after adjustable has been installed. Make any sill adjustments, if for a proper seal. necessary, Fasten Threshold to Sill Threshold to Fasten SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Vinyl Threshold Replacement Fixed Sill Basic 5.24

driver. necessary toprythresholdoff with ascrew to damagealuminumapproach.Itmaybe Carefully removevinylthresholdsonot Pull off Vinyl Threshold Clean off excesssealant. Remove cornersealpads. Break anysealantbonds. Remove CornerSealPads

2020 the topofthreshold. and anyscrewsthatmaybefastenedthrough Pull outstaplesthatfastenvinylthreshold Remove Staplesand/orScrews

seal pad Corner SITE 5 Repair and Replacement

5.25 BasicSill Fixed (for U1REV size) Replacement Vinyl Replacement Vinyl 3/0 - ISL3FCAP330-R 6/0 - ISL3FCAP470-R

Fasten Threshold threshold in place, fasten back face down With with staples. Vinyl Threshold Replacement Threshold Vinyl 2020 3/0 - RPSLIV393 6/0 - RPSLIV693 Replacement Vinyl Replacement Vinyl (for Book and U1 sizes) (Woodgrain) Replacement Vinyl Replacement Vinyl 3/0 - RPSLIV397W 3/0 - RPSLIV397W 6/0 - RPSLIV697W (for Book and U1 sizes)

Install Vinyl Threshold Install Vinyl new NOTE: It may be necessary to trim threshold so it fits properly. Hook vinyl nose into aluminum groove and rotate down around wood substrate. SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Vinyl Threshold Replacement Fixed Sill Basic 5.26

threshold meetsjambs. Polyurethane sealantatcornerswhere Place abeadofElastomericor Apply onepadateachside. strip. threshold, tuckingbehindweather- and flushwithinsideedgeof Position padtightlytothreshold Remove paperbackingfrompad. Apply CornerSealPads

2020

pad Corner seal Sealant SITE 5 Repair and Replacement 5.27 from glass only

lign and insert glass onto exterior frame, pressing in place to ensure a good bond. 2020 se a heat gun or warm air from a hair dryer to se a heat gun or warm air from a hair soften glaing compound. sealant with Remove glass by cutting through glaing utility knife. glaing sealant as much as possible from glass crape off and frame. Remove the remaining residue with mineral spirits and glass cleaner. Remove Glass from Doorlite Frame Remove Glass from Doorlite Doorlite Glass and Frame Replacement Doorlite Frame Glass and

pply foam glaing tape Part RP directly to the glass edges, taking care to make tight butt joints at corners. o ot oe o ot tet Be sure surfaces are clean and dry Be sure surfaces are clean and before applying sealant. Replace Glass and/or Frame Place in horiontal position before Place in horiontal purposes. removing lite for safety screws from doorlite Remove plugs and to separate lite frames. for re-use. ave plugs and screw door or sidelite. Remove doorlite from Remove Door from System Remove SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Doorlite Glass and Glass FrameDoorlite Replacement 5.28 check alignmentoflitesbeforesecuringinplace. NOTE: When installingmultiplelites, useastraightedgeto (half withglass) Exterior liteframe Re-hang door. Press-fit screwplugsintoframe holes. Drive screws. Ensure frameedgesarewell-seated. bosses. Ensure correctalignmentofscrew Phillips Bit Drive Screwswith#2 Insert InteriorFrameand

pressure. a rollertool,fullybondgasketusingfirm Press onlightlywithfingers. Then with Overlap atcorners. DO NOT stretch. damaged. (Part#RPGLZTP) Replace existingfoamglazingtapeif Apply GlazingTape (ifdamaged) Interior side 2020

Position LiteintoOpening Center liteincutoutside-to-side. cutout topreventshifting. Place liteagainstbottomedgeof SITE 5 Repair and Replacement

6° 1-15/32” 5.29 Base Adapter Face Adapter 6/87/0 80.7248/0 80.112 84.724 84.112 96.724 96.112 8/0 96.521 95.909 7/0 84.521 83.909 6/87/0 80.9278/0 80.315 84.927 84.315 96.9276/8 96.315 80.521 79.909 6/6 78.379 77.767 6/6 78.170 77.558 SIZE UNIT UNIT

3”

U1

(U1) (HB)

BOOK (BK) BOOK

U1 REV REV U1 HYBRID 6-9/16” Table of Lengths of 6-9/16” Table HB (Continuous Sill) 6-9/16” Base Adapter Strip 6-9/16” Base PLATFORM Length 6° 1-15/32”

Storm Door StripApplication 2020 Instructions Face Adapter Strip Length One set is used at each mullion. ( 2 pieces - 1 face and 1 base adapter) standard inswing Adaptor - Use Face composite mull casings. Cut to lengths as shown, and bevel one end as shown. Adaptor - Use standard 4-9/16 Base inswing composite mull casings. Machine width, cut to length, and bevel one end as shown. Adaptor - Purchase 6-9/16 6-9/16 Base Cut composite storm door base adaptor. to length, and bevel one end as shown. 1-1/16” Base 6° Adapter 1-15/32” Face Face Adapter

8/0 96.3117/0 95.699 84.514 83.902 7/0 84.3116/8 83.699 80.514 79.902 8/0 96.717 96.105 6/8 80.311 79.699 7/0 84.717 84.105 6/6 77.960 77.348 8/0 96.514 95.902 6/8 80.717 80.105 6/6 78.169 77.557

SIZE UNIT

U1

(HB) (U1)

BOOK (BK) BOOK

HYBRID HYBRID U1 REV REV U1 4-9/16” Table of Lengths of 4-9/16” Table HB Make Storm Door Adapter Strips Door Make Storm 4-9/16” Base Adapter Strip 4-9/16” Base 1” SITE 5 PLATFORM Length Repair and Replacement (Continuous Sill)(Continuous Application Strip Door Storm 5.30 If installingwithprovidedhiddenfastenersystem,installscrews.. pply faceadapterstripsdirectlyoverbaseadaptorsusing-staples. or xscrewsfor-jambsasshown. First fastenbaseadapterstripsusingxscrewsfor-jambs Apply StormDoor Adapter Sill removedforclarity. Base adapter

Caulk atheadjoints Caulk atsilljoints 2020

#10 x4”screws(6-9/16”jambs) #10 x2”screws(4-9/16”jambs) Face adapter or or providedscrews 2-1/2” Staples SITE 5 Repair and Replacement

5.31

(2) Spring Clip .050” Hex Key 419-891-7400 Maumee, Ohio 43537 1750 Indian Wood Circle 7/8” Astragal Spring Clip Spring Astragal 7/8” ReplacementInstructions otet

Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru is a registered trademark of Therma-Tru © 2016 Therma-Tru Corp. Therma-Tru © 2016 2020 P/N: SPRREPLINST-R installation. Read all instructions before starting.

tto he hardware pack contains all the necessary t eeet eeet hardware and fasteners needed to complete this hardware and fasteners needed to complete he following instructions are for use at the job site. he following instructions are for use at the Rev. A 2/4/16 A Rev. SITE 5 Repair and Replacement Replacement Instructions Replacement 7/8” Astragal Spring Clip 5.32

1 spring clipbypullingitouthand. engaged position,removethetrimstripclosestto With theastragalslideboltassemblyinfully REMOVE TRIMSTRIP

2020

2a Remove anddiscardthedamagedspringclip. the springclipinplace. provided hexkey. Removethepanheadscrewholding Loosen thesetscrewclosesttospringclipusing 2 REMOVE DAMAGEDSPRINGCLIP Set screw screw Pan head SITE 5 Repair and Replacement

5.33 REINSTALL TRIM STRIP REINSTALL 7/8” Astragal Spring Clip Spring Astragal 7/8” Locate the trim strip to align with the strike plate, then Locate the trim strip to align by hand. press the strip into place slide bolt. Check the operation of the 4 ReplacementInstructions

2020 This Pan head screw INSTALL NEW SPRING CLIP INSTALL NEW Set screw

Insert the new spring clip under the slide bolt assembly, under the slide bolt assembly, Insert the new spring clip the set screw. making sure to slide under clip with the hole in the Align the hole in the spring with the pan head screw. astragal. Fasten in place other end the set screw to hold the Tighten operation. of the spring clip for proper 3 step is critical to the performance of the astragal in the field. SITE 5

5.34 2020 SITE 5 Index Installation Instructions Maintenance Adjusta-Fit 2 Prehanging p.1.86 Door System Maintenance p.3.3 Astragal Installation Instructions Stripping and Refinishing p.3.5 Aluminum Double Bore p.1.60 Aluminum MPLS p.1.63 Repairs Coastal 2 Double Bore p.1.66 Door Slabs p.5.3 Coastal 2 MPLS p.1.69 Astragal Outswing Security Cover p.1.72 Replacement Cladding p.1.115 7/8” Astragal Spring Clip Replacement p.5.31 Classic-Craft Lite Divider Installation p.1.96 Doorlite Glass and Frame p.5.27 Elliptical Transom Casing Mull Post p.5.13 Instructions p.1.85 Sidelite Slab p.5.6 Grille Installation Instructions p.1.92 Storm Door Strip Application p.5.29 MPLS Strike Instructions Threshold, Adjustable Sill p.5.22 Standard Inswing p.1.21 Threshold, Basic Fixed Impact Inswing p.1.24 Sill Vinyl p.5.24 Standard Outswing p.1.27 Weatherstrip p.5.21 Impact Outswing p.1.30 Aluminum Outswing p.1.33 Troubleshooting Universal p.1.36 Air and/or Light Leak at Top Lip Tongue p.1.39 or Bottom of Jamb p.4.3 Captured p.1.42 Classic-Craft & Smooth-Star Grip Style p.1.45 Raised Panels are Loose or Have Vented Sidelite p.1.48 Come Off p.4.11 Multi-Point Lock Quick Tip Sheet Door Does Not Have Enough or Has Too & Instructions p.1.50 Much Force p.4.10 Pre-Hung Arch/Radius Unit p.1.19 Door Will Not Open or Pre-Hung Unit p.1.3 Close Properly p.4.9 Pre-Hung Venting Unit p.1.11 Miniblinds Does Not Operate Screens p.1.133 Properly p.4.12 SDL Bar Installation Instructions p.1.102 Water Leakage Around Door/System Sill Instructions p.1.90 Perimeters p.4.6 Sill Pan Installation Instructions p.1.59 Water Leakage Around Fiber-Classic Spring Hinge Instructions p.1.114 Designline Panels p.4.8 Transom Installation Instructions p.1.73 Water Leakage Around Lites p.4.7 Water Leakage Around or Finishing Instructions Under Sill p.4.4 Aluminum Astragal Painting p.2.9 Doorlite Frame Finishing p.2.10 Finishing Instructions p.2.2 Painting Tips p.2.6 Index

SITE 2020 i

Index

ii 2020 SITE